IT \P^ -VI • .' ", -^^^^^ . k-^n A^-^^ 4?r^< -<'^. wM -♦H* Journal or tbe Ropal microscopical Societp CONTAINING ITS TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS AND A SUMMARY OF CURRENT RESEARCHES RELATING TO (principally Invertebrata and Cryptogamia) :Mioi?.osoo:p^5r, Szc. EDITED BY THE LATE R. G. HEBB, M.A. M.D. F.R.C.P. AND CHARLES SINGER, M.A. M.D. F.R.C.P. WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF THE PUBLICATION COMMITTEE AND J. AKTHUR THOMSON, M.A. LL.D. A. N. DISNEY, M.A. B.Sc. Regius Professor of Natural History in the University of Aberdeen FELLOWS OF THE SOCIETY AND A. B. RENDLE, M.A. D.Sc. F.R.S. F.L.S. Keeper, Department of Botany, British Museum R. M. JONES, M.Sc. RALPH ST. JOHN BROOKS, Woolwich Arsenal M.A. M.D. D.P.H. D.T.M. & H. (Camb.) Minimis partibus, per totum Naturae campum, certitude omnis innititur quas qui fugit pariter Naturam ^\ig\\.—LmncBns. FOR THE YEAR 1918 TO BE OBTAINED AT THE SOCIETY'S ROOMS 20 HANOVER SQUARE, LONDON, W.i OF Messrs. WILLIAMS & NORGATE, 14 Henrietta Street, London, W.C.2 AND OF Messrs. DULAU & CO., Ltd., 34 Margaret Street, London, W.i Council Meetings are held on the third Wednesday, Meetings of the Biological Section on the first AYednesday in each month from October to Jnne. Fellows intending to exhibit any Instruments or Objects, or to bring forward any Communications at the Ordinary Meetings, are requested to inform the Secretaries a week before the Meeting if possible. THE |i0gal 3llicif0SC0^itaI Established in 1839. Incorporated by Eoyal Charter in 1866. The Society was established in 1839 for the promotion of Micro- scopical and Biological Science by the communication, discussion, and publica- tion of observations and discoveries relating to (1) Improvements in the construction and mode of application of the Microscope, and (2) Biological or other subjects of Microscopical Eesearch. It consists of Ordinary, Honorary, and Ex-officio Fellows of either sex. Ordinary Fellows are elected on a Certificate of Eecoramendation signed by three Ordinary Fellows, setting forth the names, residence, and qualifications of the Candidate, of whom the first proposer must have personal knowledge. The Certificate is read at two General Bleetings, the Candidate being balloted for at the second Meeting. The Admission Fee is 2/. 2.s., payable at the time of election ; and the Annual Subscription is 2/. 2.s., payable on election, and subsequently in advance on 1st January in each year, but the Annual Subscriptions may be compounded for at any time for 31/. 10s. Fellows elected at a meeting subsequent to that in February are only called upon for a proportionate part of the first year's sub- scription. The annual Subscription of Fellows permanently residing abroad is 1/. lis. Qd., or a reduction of one-fourth. Honorary Fellows (limited to 50), consisting of Fellows eminent in Microscopical or Biological Science, are elected on the recommendation of five Ordinary Fellows and the approval of the Council. Ex-ofl&cio Fellows (limited to 100), consisting of the Presidents for the time being of any Societies having objects in whole or in part similar to those of the Society, are elected on the recommendation of ten Ordinary Fellows and the approval of the Council. The Council, in whom the management of the property and afifiiirs of the Society is vested, is elected annually, and is composed of the President, four Vice-Presidents, Treasurer, two Secretaries, and twelve other Ordinary Fellows. The Journal, containing the Transactions and Proceedings of the Society, and a Summary of Current Eesearches relating to Zoology and Botany (principally Invertebrata and Cryptogamia), Microscopy, etc., is published bi-monthly, and is forwarded post-free to all Ordinary and Ex-officio Fellows residing in countries within the Postal Union. The Library, with the Instruments, Apparatus, and Cabinet of Objects is open for the use of Fellows daily (except Saturdays), from 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. and also on Wednesday evenings, other than Meeting evenings, from 6 r.M. to 9 P.M., except during the vacations. It is closed for four weeks during August and September. Forms of proposal for Fellowship, and any further information, may be obtained on application to the Secretary, at the L'ooms of the Society, 20 Hanover Square, London, W.l a 2 fatron HIS MAJESTY THE KING. f asi-fri?stbcnis. Elected *Sm Richard Owen, K.C.B. D.C.L. M.D. LL.D. F.R.S. 1840-1 ♦John Lindley, Ph.D. F.R.S 1842-3 *Thomas Bell, F.R.S 1844-5 *James Scott Bowerbank, LL.D. F.R.S 1846-7 *GrE0RGE BusK, F.R.S 1848-9 *Arthur Farre, M.D. F.R S 1850-1 *George Jackson, M.R.C.S , 1852-8 *WiLLiAM Benjamin Carpenter, C.B. M.D. LL.D. F.R.S. 1854-5 •George Shadbolt 1856-7 *Edwin Lankester, M.D. LL.D. F.R.S 1858-9 *JoHN Thomas Quekett, F.R.S 1860 *R0BERT James Farrants, F.R.C.S 1861-2 •Charles Brooke, M.A. F.R.S 1863-4 * James Glaisher, F.R.S 1865-6-7-8 *Rev. Joseph Bancroft Reade, M.A. F.R.S 1869-70 *William Kitchen Parker, F.R.S 1871-2 *Charles Brooke, M.A. F.R.S 1873-4 *Henry Clifton Sorby, LL.D. F.R.S 1875-6-7 ♦Henry James Slack, F.G.S 1878 ♦Lionel S. Beale, M.B. F.R.C.P. F.R.S 1879-80 ♦Peter Martin Duncan, M.B. F.R.S 1881-2-3 *Rev. William Hy. Dallinger, M.A. LL.D. F.R.S. 1884-5-6-7 ♦Charles Thos. Hudson, M.A. LL.D. (Cantab.), F.R.S. 1888-9-90 ■'•■Robert Braithwaite, M.D. M.R.C.S 1891-2 Albert D. Michael, F.L.S 1893-4-5-6 Edward Milles Nelson 1897-8-9 William Carruthers, F.R.S. F.L.S. F.G.S 1900-1 Henry Woodward, LL.D. F.R.S. F.G.S. F.Z.S 1902-3 Dukinfield Hy. Scott, M.A. Ph.D. LL.D. F.R.S. F.L.S. 1904-5-6 ♦The Right Hon. Lord Avebury, P.C. D.C.L. LL.D. F.R.S., etc 1907-8 Sir Edwin Ray Lankester, K.C.B. M.A. LL.D. F.R.S. F.L.S. F.Z.S 1909 J. Arthur Thomson, M.A. F.R.S.E 1910-11 ♦Henry George Plimmer, F.R.S,, F.L.S., F.Z.S., etc 1911-12 G. Sims Woodhead, M.A. M.D. LL.D. F.R.S.E., etc 1913-16 * Deceased. COUNCIL. Elected 16th Januaey, 1018. *JosEPH E. Barnard. ^icc-'^ resit) cuts. *Edward Heron-Allen,' F.L.S. F.Z.S., F.G.S. M.R.I.A., etc. Arthur Earland. *F. Martin Duncan, F.R.P.S. *EoBERT Paulson, F.L.S. Creasurcr. *Cyril F. Hill. ^ecuiavies. *J. W. H. Eyre, M.D. M.S. F.R.S. Edin. *David J. Scourfield, F.Z.S. #rbtnarg gl*"^^^^^ ^^ Council. Alfred N. Disney, M.A. B.Sc. T. H. HiscoTT. J. Milton Offord. Percy E. Radley. A. W. Sheppard. *R. G. Hebb, M.A. M.D. F.R.C.P. Edward J. Sheppard. Charles Singer, M.A. M.D. Charles D. Soar, F.L.S. Joseph Wilson. ■•■Benj. Moore, M.A. D.Sc. F.R.S. *B. B. Woodward, F.L.S. F.G.S. EDITOR. •R. G. Hebb, M.A. M.D. F.R.C.P. LIBRARIAN. Percy E. Radley, curator of instruments. curator of slides. Charles Singer, M.A. M.D., etc. Edward J. Sheppard. ASSISTANT SECRETARY. A, E. Bull. * Members of the Publication Committee. CONTENTS. TRANSACTIONS OF THE SOCIETY. PAGE I. — Report on the Recent Foraminifera dredged off the East Coast of Australia. H.M.S. " Dart," Station 19 (14 May, 1895), Lat. 29° 22' S., Long. 153° 51' E., 465 fathoms. Pteropod Ooze. By Henry Sideboltom. [Communicated by E. Herou-Allen and A. Earland.] (Plates I- II) ., 1 IL— Microscopy at Ruhlebeii. By R. Paulson, F.R.M.S 2^ III.— A New Species of (longrosim. By G. S. West, M.A., D.Sc, F.L.S. (One Plate) 30 tV. — Report on the Recent Foraminifera dredged off the East Coast of Australia. H.M.S. "Dart," Station 19 (14 :\ray, 1895), Lat. 29° 22' S., Long. 153° 51' E. 465 fathoms. Pteropod Ooze — continued. By Henry » Sidebottoni. [Communicated by E. Heron-Allen and A. Earland.] (Plates III-V) 122 V. — The Royal Microscopical Society during the Great AVar — and After. Presidential Address, 1917-18. By Edward Herou-Allen, F.L.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S., etc 153 VI. — On Fyxidkula invisltata, a Rhizopod new to Britain, and Hediiotystis spinifera. n new Heliozoon. By James Meikle Brown, B.Sc, F.L.,F.C.S. [Commuiiicatea by John Hopkinson, F.L.S., F.R.:M.S.] (One Plate) .. 170 VII. — Report on t!ie Recent Foraminifera dredged off the East Coast of Australia. H.3I.S. " Dart," Station 19 (14 May, 1895), Lat. 29= 22' S., Long. 153'- 51' E., 465 fathoms. Pteropod Oizo — concluded. By Henry Sidebottom. [Communicated by E. Heron-Allen and A. Earland.] (Plate VI) 249 VIII. — On the Microstructure of Hypo-eutectoid Steel as contrasted with that of Normal Steel. With a Note on the Microscopical ^Methods adopted in tiie Examination of Steel Specimens. By E. Atkinson, A.M.Inst.L.E., F.C.S., F.R.M.S., etc. (Plates I-III, and One Text-fig.) 265 IX.— Two Valuable ^letho Is of Staining in Bulk aud Counter-Staining. By E. J.Sheppard 275 X. — Acetone as a Solvent for Mounting Media. By John Ritchie, Jun 279 XL — A New Type of Jnfusorian : Arachnidloptls paradoxa. ByE. Penard, Sc.D. (One Plate) 283 XII.— An Improved Method of Apertometry. By E. Hartridge, M.A., M.D., F.R.M.S., Fellow of King's College, Cambridge. (Four text-iigs.) .. 337 rill CONTENTS. OBITUARY. PACK Richard GraiDger Hebb, M.A., M.D.Camb., F.R.O.P. Lond. 1848-1918. Consult- ing Physician and Physician Pathologist to the Westminstei Hospital. (One Plate) 17;'. Miss Etiiel Sargant, F.L.8. By A. W. Sheppard .. 17.") William Sydney Gibbons. By W. M. Bale 17(i Professor Henry George Plimmer, M.R.C.S., F.R.S., etc. (President R.M.S., 1911-12.) (Portrait) 349 Kate Marion Hall, F.L.S., F.Z.S v558 Albert McCalla, M.A., Ph.D 358 SU3IMARY OF CURRENT RESEARCHES. ZOOLOGY. 4 VEBTEBRATA. a. Embryologry- LiPSCHiJTZ, A. — Internal Secretions of Gonads 32 Streeteb, George L. — Development of Auditori/ Capsule in Man 33 Rabacd, Etienne — " Dislocated" Mice 33 Jordan, H. E. — HaemopoiesiB in Mongoose Embryo 34 ,. Aortic Cell-clusters in Vertebrate Embryos 34 Myers, J. A. — Development of Mammary Glands 34 Hammond, J. — Mammary Glands of Rabbit 35 Stockakd, Charles R., & George N. Papanicolaou — CEstrous Cycle in Guinea- pig 3r) Marshall, F. H. A., & E. T. Halnan — Post-oestrous Changes in Dog 36 Pearl, Raymond— i4j^'ec'h Terrestrial and Fresh-w((ter MoUusca 188 Crozier, W. J. — Immunity Coloration in Nudibranchs 188 Gatevby, J.Bronte— Cytoplasmic Inclusions in Germ-cells of Snail 189 Xll CONTENTB. PAUK COPELAMD, Manton — Smell (Did Taste in Marine Stiails 301 Olmsted, J. M. D. — Locomotion of Gastropods 301 Parker. G. H. — Pedal Locomotion of Aplysia calif or nica 302 Arthropoda. CoCKERELL, T. D. A. — Arthropods from Burmese Amber 45 „ „ — Arthropods in Burmese Amber 46 RuEDEMANN, R. — Median Eije in TvUobites 18lt a. Insecta. McIndoo, N. E. — Itecognition among Insects 46 'RABAVD,Fj'nEN}iE— Paralyzing Habits of some Hymenoptera 46 Gate^by, A. Brostb— Cytoplasmic Bodies in Germ-cells of Lepidoptei a .. .. 47 Fauchere — Silkworms in Madagascar 47 LiECAihLO'S, A. — Variations ifi Silhworms 48 „ — Parthenogenesis in Silk-moths 48 Feytaud, J. — Parthenogenesis in Otiorhyiichus sulcatus 48 HiTCmE.ViAhrER— Study of 3Tyelophilus minor 48 Taylor, Momc a— Fertilization in Gnat 49 MiSRA, C. .S. — Sugar-cane Leaf-hopper 49 NvTTALL,G. U.F.— -Bibliography of Human Lice 49 „ — Lice and Disease 49 ,, — Biology of Lice 50 HowLETT, F. M. — Notes on Lice 51 MviR, Frederick— Philippine Derbidx 51 Rothschild, N. C — Convergence among Ecloparasitic Insects 52 Chopard, L. — Abdominal Extremity in Orthoptera 52 FoucHER, G. — Longevity of Males of Carausius morosis 52 GoLDSCHMiDT, ^iGiikRD—Intersexual Form of Gypsy-moth 52 Mac DowuLL, Edwin Carleton — Bristle Inheritance in Drosophila 53 TiLLYARD, R. J. — Monograph on Dragonflies 55 Nakahara, AVaro — Nuclear Division in the Adipose Cells of Inserts 189 Tillyard. E. J. — Studies in Mecoptera 190 Buxton, P. A. — Protocerebrum of Micropteryx 190 Cockayne, E. A. — Scales of Leaden Males of Agriades thetis 191 JoiCEY, J. J., & G.Talbot — Gynandromorph of Papilio lyophron 191 MoTTRAM, J. C. — Protective Coloration in Lepidopf era 191 Hawkes, Oneka A. Merritt — Inheritance in Silkworms 191 UviE,!^.!!.— Study of Holly Tortrix Moth 191 Thompson, W. R. — Dipterous Parasite in Terrestrial Isopods 192 Warren, Don C. — Mutations in Drosophila busckii 192 Hill, G. F. — Bionomics of the Buffalo-fly {Lyperosia exigua de Meijere) 19ii Brocket, F. — Circulation of the Blood in Insects 193 NORTHOP, John N. — Growth-period and Duration of Life 194 MuNRO, James W. — Study of Structure, Habits, and Life-history of Hylastes .. 194 Sloane, Thomas G. — Endoskeleton of Head and the Coxid Cavities of Beetles .. 194 Hegner, E. AV., & C. P. Russell — Germ-cell Cycle of Dinuetes nigrior 194 MacGregor, Malcolm E. — Insects and Disease 302 VAN Bemmelen, J. F. — Wing-markings of Arctiidx 302 Tillyard, R. J. — Wing-venation of Lepidoptera 302 CONTENTS. xm PAGE Gautieu, Ol. — Observations on Caterpillars of Cahhage-white Caterpillars .. .. :>02 Keys. James H. — Maritime Coleoptera 303 Carpenter, George H., & F. J. S. Toi.hKUViSpirades of Bijpoderma JShujcfot .. S03 Plough, Harold H. — Temperature and Crossing-over in Drosophila :;03 McEwEN, R. S. — Reactions of Drosophila to Light and Gravity 303 Sanford, Eldon W. — Digestion in Coclro'irli. 304 'NvTTAhh, G. R. v.— Pathological Effects of Phthirus pubis 304 Carpenter, George H. — Collembola of Ahor Expedition 304 TiLLYARD, R. 3.— Caudal Gills of Larvx of Zi/gopterid Dragonflies (2 figs.) . . . . 304 Rabaud, E. — Reflex Immobilization in Arthrojiods 372 „ — Rule of Ganglia in Immobiiization 373 WhkkIjER, W.M.— Study of Ant Larva: {2 Hgs.) 373 PiCTET, Arnold — Dimorphic Colourimi in Lepidopiera 374 Reeves, Edna M. — Inheritance of Extra BriMes in Drosophila 375 Shelford, Victor E. — Coloration of Tiger-beetles 375 Cameron, A. E. — Leaf-eating Crane-fly 376 Bacot, A. — Viability of Mosquito-eggs 376 Cameron, A. E.,& R. C. Tkeherne— T/te Pear r/m>s 376 Cdllen, Anna M. — Rectal Tracheatiou of Dragon-fly Larva 376 Jamieson, Janet P. — Rectal Trachex of Dragon-fly Larra 377 Carroll, Mitchel — Hind-gut and Rectal Tracheae in Dragon-fly\Larta 377 BoDiNE, Joseph H. — Experiments on Respiration in Larval Dragon-flies .. .. 377 Machida, J. — Spermatogenesis of an Orthopteron 377 Steven, H. M. — Biology of Chermes 378 Brindley, H. H. — Notes on Earwigs 378 Nuttall, G. H. F. — Biology of Phthirus pubis 378 ;S. Myriopoda. Carl, J. — New Spirostreptidx 195 Brolemann, Henry W. — Peculiar Variation in Brachydesmus .. ..' 305 5. Arachnida. Berland, Jeanne — Alteration of Instinct in Spider 57 Jordan, H. E. — Cardiac and Skeletal Muscle of Scorpnon 57 Williamson, W. — Rare Hydracarid 57 Hirst, Stanley — New Parasitic Acari 57 Jordan, H. E. — Leg-muscle of Sea-spider 57 Wilson, Edmond B. — Chondriosomes of Scorpion, Spermatozoa 195 Stendall, J. A. Sidney — Ulster Spiders 195 Badoock, H. D. — Ant-like Spiders 195 Walter, C. — Swiss Halacaridm 195 Soar, Charles D. — Fly dracarina of Epping Forest 306 Williamson, AV., & Charles D. Soar— Le?)ert/a *e/re< Walter 306 DE Beauchamp, P. — New Pentastomid from a Eish 306 Faust, Ernest Cauroll — Notes on Mussd-mite 379 Tkouessart, E. L. — Mange Mites 379 Reichenow, Ed. — Intracellular Digestion in an Acarid 379 Teodora, G. — Mites as Disease-carriers 379 Berlese, A. — New Earrest Mite 380 XIV CONTENTS. «• Crustacea. PAGE CHihTQs, GaAUijisis— New Zealand Sandhoppers 58 Pearse, a. S. — New Isopods from British Guiana 58 Hekriott, E. M. — Hahits of Lepidurus viridis 58 Allen, E. J., & E. W. Sexton — Lo»s of Eye-pigment in Gammarus cJtevreuxi .. 195 Stebbing, T. R. R. — Malacostraca of Natal 196 Calman, W. T. — Morphology of Bdthynella 196 Tait, John — Body-coluur and Blood-colour in Amphipods 196 Banta, Arthdr M. — Sex Intergrades in Simocephalus .. 197 LoEB, Jacqi'es. & John H. Northop — Heliotropism of Barnacle Lame 197 Yatsu, Naohide — Maxillary Gland of Cypridina hilijendorfi 198 Gravier, Ch. J. — New Parasitic Copepod 306 Mead, Harold T. — Reactions of Sand Crab 380 Salkind, I. — Sensory Structures (f Crab's Claw 380 Caullery. M., & F. Mesnil — Further Observations on Xenocoelomabrumpti .. .. 380 Chilton, Ohas. — Crustaceans from Interior of Australia 38 1 „ ,. — Fossil Species of Phreatoicus 381 „ „ — Australian Isopods 381 LiM, Robert K. S. — BespiratoryMe-hanismofShore-crah 381 COLLINGE, Walter E. — Neiv Is'>pod from British Guiana 381 ., „ — Oral Appendages of Isopoda 381 Tesch, J. J. — Siboga Crabs 382 .Torgensen, O. M. — British Occurrence of Neinntoscelis niegalops 382 „ „ — Notes on Development of Shore-crab 382 Annulata. Mesnil, F., & M. Caullery — Dimorphism in a Pohjchxt 58 Soulier, A. — Segmentation of Ovum of Prolulameilhaci 58 Mesnil, F., & M. Caullery — Peculiarly Adapted Annelid 306 ., „ — Notes on Syll ids 306 Redfield, Alfred C, & Elizabeth M. Bright — Effect of Radium on Fertilization Membrane of Nereis 307 Ellis, Max M. — Branehiobdellids from Michigan Crawfishes 307 Thapar, G. S. — Lymph-glands of Pherftima 382 Stephenson, J. — OUgoclixfa of Inle Lake 383 Horst, R. — Monograph on Polychxts 383 Nematoheiminthes. Lopez-Nevra, C. Rodriguez— iV^eu) iVematode/rom Paifm/gre 198 Cobb, N. A. — Filter-bed Nematodes ■ • • - • 307 Stewart, P. H. — Development of Ascaris lumbricoides and A. mystax in Mouse .. 307 „ „ — Life history of Axcdris lumbricoides 307 Van Cleave, H. J. — Acanthoce ilial a of S or th American Birds ^ 308 Welch, Paul S., & L. P. Wehrle — Reproduction in Nematodes 383 Shimamuba, ToRAi, & Hajime Fujii — Toxic Constituent of Nematodes 383 CONTENTS. XV Platyhelminthes. PAOE KuDiN, E. — Tapeworms of Eeptiles 198 ZaCHOKKE, F. — Dibothriocephalus provus Sfej'heHS 198 NicOLL, William — Hijdatid Cysts in Monkeys 199 Johnston, S. J. — Trematodes of Audrulian Birds 199 Andre, Emile — Helmintholagical Notes from Switzerland 199 HiLARio, J. S., & h.'D.^YHAUTO's—Efhinostomailocanum(_Uarrl?on) 199 Lebour, Marie V. — Trem:itode Larca from Buccinum undatmn 308 Gilchrist, J. D. F. — Life-history of Distoma lutein sp. n 308 NicOLL, W. — Trematodes of Queensland Reptiles and Frogs 308 „ — New Treniatode from Australiau Poison Snuhes 309 Weidsian, Fred D. — Structure and Development of Cladorchis 309 WAhTON, C.h.— Liter-rot 309 Olmsted, J. M. D. — Fegeneraiion in Planaria maculata 309 Sooth WELL, T., & Baini Prashad — Cestodes of Hilsa 384 Stewart, F. H. — Hymenolepis nana Siebold and H. murina Dujardin 384 Stunkard, H. W. — North-American Treiuatodes 3«4 Goto, S., «fe Y. Matsudaika — New Amphistomid Trematode from a Fish .. .. 385 Faust, Ernest Carroll — American Stephannphialinx 385 Weimer, Bernol E. — Reactions of Fresli-tcater Turhellari an 385 Kaburaki, ToKio — Triclads from Irdd Lahe 386 Incertae Sedis. Lameere, Aug. — Life-history of Dicyemids 309 Rotatorio. Whitney, D. D. — Controlling Sex in Rotifers 310 Echinoderma. Crozier, W. J. — Midtiplicationhy Fission in Holothurians 59 Hawkins, Heruert L. — Buccal Armature of Conulus 59 LoEB, Jacques — Fertilization and Phagocytosis 200 Lille, Ealph S. — Permeability of Sea-urchin Ova 310 Bather, F. A. — Homologies of Anal I 'late in Antedon 310 Painter, Theophilus S. — Cell-division in Monaster and Narcotized Ova .. .. 311 Olmsted, J. M. D. — Physiology of Synaptula hydriformis 311 Macbride, E. W. — Experiments icith Larrul Echinoids 386 Clark, Austin H. — Unstalhed Crinoids of Siboga Expedition 386 Ccelentera. Broch, Hjalmar — Australian Alcyonarians . . .. 59 Dehorne, Yvonne — Skeleton of Stromatoporoids 60 Broch, Hjalmar — Coppinia of Grammaria abietina 60 Vaughan, T. W. — Studies on Living Corals 200 Yatsu, Naohide — Physiology of Medusse 200 Mayer, A. G. — Nerve Conduction in Cassiopea 201 Parker, G. H. — Activities of Cor ymorpha 311 „ ,, — Suction in Sea-anemone 312 Stephenson, T. A. — Antarctic Actiniari a 312 Briggs, E. A. — Neio Australian Hydroids 387 Bourne, Gilbert C. — Neio Sea-anemones from New Guinea 387 XVI CONTENTS. TAGF, Stephenson, T. A. — Irish Actiniar la .. .... .. :i87 Matthai, G. — Nature of Madreporarian Skeleton :!87 „ — Reactions of Astrseid Corah 388 Yatsu, Naohide — Locomotion and Reactions of Charyhdea 388 Porifera. Dendy, Arthur — Cheesernan Spicule of LatrunctiNa .. 60 Stephens, Jane — Irish Sponges 61 Vanet, C, & A. Allemand-Martin — Larva of Horse-sponge 201 Crozier, Blanche B. — Buds of Donutia .. !:i01 Kallmann, E. F. — Desmacidonid Sponges 201 Jorgensen, Olga M. — Larvx of Grantia compressa 388 Annandale, Nelson — Sponges from Inle Lahe 389 Protozoa. Mast, S. O. — Conjugation and Encystation in Didinium nasutuni 62 Geokgevitch, JivoiN — Life-history of Ceratomyxa herouardi 62 LiCHTENSTEiN, Jean L. — New Mode of Multiplication in Amcehidium 63 Alexeieff, A. — Blastocystis entercola 63 Leger, L., & O. Ddboscq — New Species of Pscndoldossia 63 Georgevitch, F. — Life-cycle of Myxidium gadi 63 „ — Leptotheca and Glugea 6.^ DoBELL, Clifford — New Genus of Heliozoa 201 Mathjs, C, & L. Mercier — Entamcela dyscnterix 202 Woodruff, L. L. — Bhythms in Eudomixis 202 „ „ — Influence of Environment on Endomixis 202 Penard, E. — Genus Loxodes 202 FraN9a, Carlos — Classification of Hxmosporidia 203 Hyman, LiBBiE H. — Metabolic Gradients in Amoeba and their Belation to Amoeboid Movement 312 Kepner, W. a., & J. Graham Edwards — L'eactions of Pelomyxa to Food .. .. 313 Dobell, Clifford — Entamoeba histolytica and Entamoeba ranarum 313 ., „ & Margaret W. Jepps — Baces of Enfamoela histolytica .. .. 313 Jepps, Margaret W., & Clifford Dobell — New Amoeba from Man 313 LxJND, E. J. — Intracellular Bespiration in Paramecium 314 YoDNG, R. T. — Experimental Induction of Endomixis in Paramecium aurelia .. 314 Lund, E. J. — Eeversibility of Morphogenetic Processes in Bursaria 314 Leger, M., & E. Parry — Trypanosomes in Monheys 314 Paillot, A. — New Microsporidian in Cabbage White Caterpillars 314 Keilin, D. — New Cephaline Gregarine 315 Newton, R. Bullen — Foraminiferal and Nullipore Structures in some Tertiary Limestones from New Guinea 315 Schaeffer, Asa A. — New Amoeba: 389 Lund, E. J. — Bespiration in Paramecium 389 Buhig AS, Ramon HoBmiio— Blood-red Seas 390 Schaeffer, Asa A. — New Diatom-eating Flagellate 390 Werner, H., & 0. Wiese — Eelapjsing Fever 390 Gosh, Ekendranath — Studies on Infusoria 390 Bhatia, B. L. — Protozoa of Lahore 391 CONTENTS. XVI 1 BOTANY. GENERAL, Including' the Anatomy and Physiology of Seed Plants. PAGE GuiLLiERMOND, A. — Mitocliondrias of Plcmt-cells 204 Dangeard, P. A. — Nature and Function of Chondriomes 204 GviLiAEB.uo^i>, A. ^Nature and Significance of the Chondriome 316 Tenopyb, L. A. — Constancij of Cell-Shape 316 Structure and Development. Veg-etative. Jaccard, P. — Wood of Beciduous Trees 64 SocEGES, E. — Development of Root-tip in Sagittaiia 205 Brush, W. D. — Distinctive Characters of Woods of North American I'latanus . . 205 Faust, E. C. — Resin Secretion in Balsamorrhiza 206 Rendle, Dr. — The Use of Microscopical Characters in the Systematic Study of the Higher Plants .. 317 Kryshtofovich, A. — On the Cretaceous Flora of Russian Sakhalin 392 Reproductive. Brown, M. M. — Emhryogeny of Phaseolus .. 64 SouEGES, R. — Emhryogenij of the Alismacex 65 GuiGNARD, L. — Ovule in Apocynaceas and Asclejnadaceas 65 GuERiN, P. — Development of Pollen in Salvia 206 Le Goo, M. J. — Effect of Foreign Pollination on Cycas Rumphii 317 hx MAHCA.F.—Graft-hylrids 318 Physiology. Nutrition and Growth. Smith, E. F. — Mechanism of Overgrowth in Plants 207 Yendo, Y. — Injection Experiments on Plants 207 CRYPTOGAMS. Pteridophyta. West, C. — Stelar System of the Marattiacex 66 Kashyap, S. E. — Equisetum dehile .. .. 66 Watts, W. W. — Australian Ferns a7id Mosses 67 WuiST, Elizabeth D. — Apogamy in Phegopteris and Osmunda 67 Farwell, O. A. — Notes on Hippochxte 68 Butters, F. K. — Pellma in North America 68 ^AKViELhyO. A.— American Fern Notes 68 h XVlll CONTENTS. PAGE Klebs, G. — Fern I'rothaUia 68 Hayata, B. — Feins of Formosa t>9 howEn,F.O.—Phylogeny of the Pteroidex 208 Sahni, B. — Evolution of Branching in the Filicales 209 Ghose, S. L. — Cone of SelaginelJa iKillidissima 210 DiELS, L. — Asplenium Scelosii Leyh 211 Steil, W. N. — Sfiidij of Some Netv Cases of Apogamy in Ferns 318 Davie, R. C. — Comparative List of Fern Pinna-traces, with some Notes on the Leaf -trace ill the Ferns 318 Bryop}iyta. Kashyap, S. R. — Tarfjionia hypophylla 69 MacLeod, J. — iStatistics of Moss Structure 69 Jones, D. A. — Welsh Bryophyta 70 iivR^T,G.V.— Wiltshire Mosses .. 70 Mason, T. G. — Carbohydrates of Musci 71 DoDiN, R. — Water-conduction in Marchantiacefe 71 Heszog, T. — Mid ti cellular Spores in Mosses 71 SCHIFFNER, V. — Lophozia Batcheri and L. Baueriana 72 RIl-ller, K. — European Hepaticas 211 Evans, A. W. — North American Hepati ex 212 Kashyap, S. R. — Indian Liverworts 212 Sisi, T. R. — South African Hepoticte 212 Warnstorf, C. — Pottia 213 TiMM, R. — Mosses of North-west Germany 213 RiVETT, M. F. — Structure of the Cytoplasm, in the Cells of Alicularia scalaris .. 319 DouiN, Ch. ET R. — Le liehoulia Itaddi 319 Ross. J. — Ptilidixim pulclierrinnim 319 Evans, Alexander W. — Neio Lejeunca from Bermuda and the West Indies .. .. 320 BIelin, E. — Archegonium of Spha(inum squarrosum 320 Wheldon, J. A. — Collection, Taxonomy, and Ecolorii/ of the Sphagna 320 Ingham, W. — Moss Exchange Club 320 Frye, T. C. — Bhacomitrium in North America 320 de la Varde, R. Potier — Ptychomitrium subcrispatvm Th&r. & P. de laV 321 Harris, G. T. — Schisfosteria osmundacea - 321 TiMM, R. — Splachnacex 321 Arnell, H. W. — Bryophi/ta of the Vega Expedition 321 Harris, G. 'J'. — On Schistostega osmundacea Mohr 322 Thallophyta. Algae. Wesv. G. ^.—Biology of Algx " 72 PiERCY, Alma — Structure and Mode of Life of Hormidium flaccidum 72 Hill, J. Ben — Staining of Minnte Algx 73 Grove, W. B. — Pleodorina illinoiensis 73 Chien, S. S. — Spirogyra 74 BouRQUiN, Helen — Starch-formation in Zygnema 74 PoYMALY, A. DE — Dicliotomosiphon tuheiosus .. 74 CONTENTS. XIX PAtiS Oehlkebs, F. — Nuclear Division in Characex 75 SvEDELius, N. — Alternation of Generations in Florideae 75 Mazza, A. — Oceanic Ahjoloijy 76 Collins, F. S., & A. B. HERVET—J/<)f« o/ J5ermuda 76 MuENSCHER, W. L. C. — Algal Associations of San Juan Island 77 Hdrd, Miss, & others — Puget Sound Algas 77 BoRGENSEN, F., & Mdme. Padl Lemoine — Marine Algae of the Danish West Indies 78 Yendo, K. — Japanese Marine Algm • 78 Teiling, E. — Caledonian Phijtoplanldon 218 Schiller, J. — Heterodinium in the Adriatic 214 Mangin, L. — Chsetoceros criophilus 214 Peter, A. — Diatoms from Hanover and the Uaiz 215 Elmore, C. J. — Changing Di'itoms of Devil's Lake, North Dakota 215 TiLDEN, J. E. — My xophijcex of North America 215 Transeau, E. N. — Algm of Michigan 215 'iiAnms,G.T.—De8mid Flora of Dartmoor 215 Schiller, J. — Meringosphxra 216 MacCaughey, V. — Algx of the Hawaiian Archipelago 216 Samsonoff-Aruffo, C. — Calcareous Algx from Malta 216 Rosen viNGE, L. N. — Marine Algee of Denmark 216 Pascher, a. — Ehizopodial Development of the Flagellatm. I. Some Ehizopodial Chrijsomoiiads with Chromatophores 322 ^^ — Ehizopodial Development of the Flagellatx. II. Dinamaeba varians — a Novelty with Dinoflagella-like Swarmers 322 „ — Ehizopodial Development of the Flagellatx. III. Ehiznpodicd Nets as Captiiriug-apparatus in a Plasmodial Chrysonwnad 322 „ —Ehizopodial Development of the Flagellatx. IV. Fusion-plasmodia in Flagellatx, and their Significance in the Descent of Ehizopods from Flagellatx •• 323 Lebour, Marie V. — Microplankton of Plymouth Sound 323 „ „ — Peridiniales of Plymouth Sound 323 TscHENZOFF, B. — Nuclear Division in Euglena viridis 323 Hartmann, M. — Nuclear Division in Chlorogoni am elongatum 324 ScHVSStfiG. ii. — Fresh-water Algx of the Atistrian Coast Districts 324 Oestrup, E. — Marine Diatoms from the Coasts of Iceland 324 Okdda, Y., & S. Nakayama — The Quality of '' Asakmanori " 324 3Iatsui, H. — Eelation between the Chemical Constituents of " Asakusanori " and its Quality 324 Okuda, Y.. & P. Eto — Iodine in Marine Algx 325 Howe, ^[ausiiall A. — Murine Algx of Cuba 325 Fungi. Edison, H. A. — New Phycomycete 79 Grove, W. B. — Rhizophidium acuforme 79 Main, Hugh — Entomophthora americana 79 Melhls, l.Y>.—Peronosporacex 79 HODGETTS, W. J. — Discharge of Spores of Leptosphxria acuta 79 Stevens, F. L. — Spegazzinian Meliola Types ^0 Pool, V. W., & M. B. McKay — Infection by Cercospora belicola HO Grove, W. B. — Septoria Chenopodii •• ^^ XX CONTENTS. FACE Coons, G. H. — Factors involvedin the Growth of P>/cnidia 80 BiJK, P. VAN DER — Notes on Coniothecium 81 Long, W. H.. & others — Uredinex .'. ■ 81 Brown, W. — Studies in the Physiology of Parasitism 81 Mdta, Elisa, & GiNO PoLLACCi — Morphological Variations of Fungi due to Environment 81 Shear, C. L. — Studies of the Schweinitz Collection of Fungi 82 Lloyd, 0. G. — Mycological Notes 82 Dearness, John, & T. Tanaka — New or Noteworthy Fungi 82 BoTTOMLET, AvERiL Maud — Natal Fungi 82 Maitland, T. D., & E.M.Wakefield — Notes on Uganda Fungi 83 Wakefield, E. M. — Nigerian Fungi. Ill 83 Pbaeger, R. Lloyd — Irish Fungi .. .. 83 Sharples, A. — Rubber Disease 83 Wade, H. Windsor — Pathogenic Fungus 84 Carpenter, C. W. — Tuber-rots caused by Fusarium 84 Stakman, E. C. — Immunity from Parasitic Fungi 84 Quanjer, H. H., & others — Plant Diseases 84 Long, W. H., & others — Disease of Trees 88 DuFRENOY, Jean — Fndotrophic Mycorhiza of Ericacess S8 Murphy, P. A. — Morphology and Cytology of the Sexual organs of Phytophthora erythroseptica Pethyb 217 RosENBAUM, J. — Study of Phytophthora 217. Weston, W. H. — Development of Thraustotheca 217 Moreau, F., & Madame — Anomalies in Mucorini 217 l>iFE-iiiSTonY and Poisoning Properties of Claviceps Paspali 217 Hawkins, L. A. — Efei-t of Fusarium on Potato Tubers .. .. 218 Thom, C, & J. N. CuRRiE — Aspergillus niger Group 218 'M.ont:AV,F., & Madame— Endophyllum Spores 218 Potter, Alden A., & G. \V. Cooas—Ustilagineae .. 219 Stakman, E. C, & others — Uredinex 219 BouDiER, E., & others — New or Ikire Fungi 220 Yates, H. S. — Fungi from Southern China 220 Harper, E. T. — Two Eemarhable Discomycetes 220 Shantz, H. L., & R. L. PiEMEiSEL — Fungus Fairy Rings 220 Pool, V. W., & M. B. McKay — Climatic Conditions and Conidial Development .. 221 Thom, C. H., & S. H. Ayers — Effects of Pasteurization on Mould-spores 221 Stevens, Neil E. — Relation of Fungi to Host 221 Cvi.¥E?VER, C \f,. & OTaEv^s—Eff'eci of Blacli-rot Fungus on the Apple 221 Hawkins, L. A. — Growth of Fungi in Concentrated Sohdions 222 Weir. J. K. — Altitudinal Range of Forest Fungi 222 Brooks, C. B., & J. S. Cooley — Apple-rot Fungi in Relation to Temperature . . 222 Wolf, Frederick A. — Citrus Canher 222 Mrlhus, I. E., & others — Spongospora subterranea 223 Weir, J. R., & others — Diseases of Plants 223 Wilson, G, W. — North American Peronosporales 325 ^RiKSSOii, J.— Development of Phytophthora 325 Stevens, F. L. — Parasites on Meliola 325 DoiVGE,ETHEh M.— South African Perisporiales 326 KiLLTAN, Karl — Development of Cryptomyces Pteridis 326 Fitzpatrick li.M.— Sexuality in Rhizina undulata 326 Lehman, S. G. — Sphseronema fimbriatum 327 CONTENTS. XXI PAGE G BAY ATT, G.PlLIPPO, & OTHERS — £7)efZi7ie« 327 Food Production Office — Swuts of Cereals 327 Harper, E. T., & OTHERS— //2/meriom//ceS^., Long. 153° 51' U., 4.^^ fathoms. 'Pteropod Ooze, By Henry Sidebottom. [Communicated by E. Heron-Allen and A. Earland.] {Read October 17, 1917.) Plates I. -II. Introduction. The material which forms the subject of this paper, and which had been already washed, was sent to me by Mrs. Thornhill after her husband's death. It had been examined, the Lagense picked out EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. wos. 1. — i^uhecularia tibia Jones and Parker, x 75. 2, 3. — Biloculina irregularis d'Orbigny (?). Fig. 2, lateral view. Fig. 3, front view. X 50. 4. — Spiroloculina nitida d'Orbigny. x 25. 5-7. — S. tenuiseptata Brady. Fig. 6 mounted in Canada balsam, and viewed by transmitted ligbt. X 75. 8-10. — Miliolina valvularis (Reuss). Fig. 9, oral view, x 25. Fig. 10, trans- verse section, x 75. 11-14. — If. procera Goes. Figs. 11, 13, lateral views. Figs. 12, 14, oral views. X 25. 15, 16.— M. o^Zongro (Montagu). Fig. 15, lateral view. Fig. 16, oral view, x 50. 17, 18.— If. limbata (d'Orbignj-). Pigs. 17, 18, lateral views, x 75. 19-21. — M. circularis (Bornemann) var. Fig. 19, lateral view. Fig. 20, oral view. X 50. Fig. 21, transverse section, x 75. March 20th, 1918 B 2 Transactions of the Society. (see Note p. 20) and slides of the other forms prepared, but owing to the absence of certain species on the slides, which I felt sure must be present in the material, I went carefully through it again,, and filled in many omissions. The material weighed (alter washing) a little over 2^ drams avoirdupois. I have to thank Messrs. Heron- Allen and Earland for assistance in the identification of some species, and in the preparation of the MS. ; Mr. Joseph Wright, of Belfast, for lending me parts of the late Mr. Millett's album of drawings of published figures ; and my daughter for finally writing out the MS. H. S. The scanty details furnished in the title of the paper constitute all the available records of the dredging, but are sufficient for a recoustitution of its origin. The locality lies off the N.E. corner of the coast of New South Wales, roughly 250 miles north of Sydney, and more than 300 miles south of the extremity of the Great Barrier Reef. The distance from the coast-line is over 50 miles, which, coupled with the depth of 465 fathoms, show that the material was taken from the continental shelf beyond the mud line or limit of terrigenous deposits. The coast in this area slopes rapidly down to the " Thomson Basin," an isolated deep area lying between 24° and 52° S. and 149* and 165° E., and having a maximum depth of 3000 fathoms. " Pteropod Oozes " are found only in tropical and sub-tropical areas at a considerable distance from, land, and with a depth of less than 1500 fathoms. The late Sir John Murray and G. V. Lee in their report on " The Depth and Marine Deposits of the Pacific '^ (Memoirs Mus. Comparative Zoology, 1909, vol. xxxviii., No. 1» p. 155), draw attention to the absence of this type of deposit in the Northern and Eastern Pacific, and its extremely limited distribution in the few localities where it is to be found, viz. in the neighbourhood of the Great Barrier Reef, the Fiji, Paumotu and Marquesas groups. H.-A. & E. Recent Foraminifera off the East Coast of Australia. Sub-Kingdom PROTOZOA. Class RHIZOPODA. Order FORAMINIFERA (RETICULARIA). Family MILIOLID.E. Sub-family Nubeeularinae. Nuhccidaria Defrance. Nuhecularia tibia Jones and Parker. (PI. I, fig. 1.) Nuhecularia tibia Jones and Parker,-1860, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, vol. xvi, p. 455, pi. XX, figs. 48-51. N. tibia Millett, 1898, etc., 1898, Eept. Rec. Foram. Malay Archipelago, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc, p. 261, pi. v, fig. 3. Tragments occur consisting of from one to three segments. A solitary translucent specimen has the initial chamber attached. See illustration and jVTillett's remarks in the above reference under Articulina conico-articulata Batsch. Sub-family Miliolinae. Biloculina d'Orbigny. Biloculina de/pressa d'Orbigny, Biloculina depressa d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci Nat., vol. vii, p. 298, No. 7. B. depressa d'Orbigny, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 145, pi. ii, figs. 12, 15-17 ; pi. iii, figs. 1, 2. The orifice, in some of the tests, is a long slit, in others it is oval and at the end of a short neck, Biloculina depressa, var. murrhyna Schwager. Biloculina murrliyna Schwager, 1866, Novara-Exped. Geol. Theil, vol. ii, p. 203, pi. vi, fig. 15 a-G. B. depressa, var. murrliyna, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 146, pi. ii, figs. 10, 11. A solitary example. The basal spines are not pronounced. Biloculina lievis (Def ranee), Pyrgo Iwvis Defrance, 1824, Diet. Sci. Nat., vol. xxxii, p. 273, Atlas, pi, Ixxxviii, fig. 2, Biloculina Ictvis, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 146, pi. ii, figs, 18, 14. The specimens are of the "depressa" type. The subsidiary keel is not well developed. B 2 Transactions of tlie Society. Biloculina buUoides d'Orbigny. Biloculina buUoides d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann; Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 297, No. 1, pi. xvi, figs. 1-4. B. buUoides Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 142, pi. ii, figs. 5, 6. Two typical tests occur, thougli one of them has a rather long, narrow flange projecting at its base. Biloculina ringens (Lamarck). Miliolitet ringens, Lamarck, 1804, Ann. du Museum, vol. v, p. 351, No. 1, vol. ix, pi. xvii, fig. 1. Biloculina ringens Brsidy, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 142, pi. ii, figs. 7, 8. The orifice varies in shape. One test has the mouth composed, as it were, of two flanges, the opening being a narrow slit. Another test has its width greater than its height, and others again tend towards B. elongata d'Orb. Biloculina irregularis d'Orbigny. (PI. I, figs. 2, 3 (?).) Biloculina irregularis d'Orbigny, 1839, Foram. Amer. Merid., p. 67, pi. viii, figs. 20, 21. Characteristic examples occur. There are also a number of small, polished globular tests, which I do not think are immature specimens of the above. They may be the B. glohclus of Eeuss, An interesting set, from which I have chosen one specimen for illustration. Biloculina sphtera d'Orbigny. Biloculina sphcera d'Orbigny, 1839, Foram. Amer. Merid., p. 66, pi. viii, figs. 13-16. B. sphcera Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 141, pi. ii, fig. 4, a, b. A solitary example. Schlumberger treats this form as Plani- spirina, but until the consensus of opinion is more definite upon the subject, it is perhaps as well to keep it among the Biloculinse. Biloculina coniata Brady. Biloculina cotnata Brady, 1881, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. xxi, N.S., p. 45. B. coniata Brady 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 144, pi. iii, fig. 9, a, b. The tests agree with the " Challenger " illustrations. Spiroloculina d'Orbigny. Spiroloculina excavata d'Orbigny. Spiroloculina excavata d'Orbigny, 1846, For. Foss. Vienne, p. 271, pi. xvi, figs. 19-21. S. excavata Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 151, pi. ix, figs. 5, 6. Four occur. They agree well with d'Orbigny's figures in the above reference. Recent Foraminifera off the East Coast of Australia. 5 Spiroloculina impressa Terquem. Spiroloculina impressa Terquem, 1878, Mem. Soc. Q6ol. Fr., ser. 3, vol. i, p. 53, pi. X, fig. 8. S. impressa Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 151, pi. x, figs. 3, 4. S. impressa Sidebottom, 1904, Eec. Foram. Isl. Delos, Mem. Manchester Lit. Phil. Soc, vol. xlviii. p. 15, pi. ii, figs. 9-11. The specimens are small, but agree well with the " Challenger " and " Delos " tests. Spiroloculina nitida d'Orbigny. (PI. I, fig. 4.) Spiroloculina nitida d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 298, No. 4. S. nitida, Millett, 1898, etc.. For. Malay Archipelago, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc, p. 265, pi. v, figs. 9-13. The specimens are in a curious condition, looking as if they had been plastered over with debris, and it is difficult to make out the earlier chambers. The surface is dull. The final chamber is produced, and swollen near the orifice. Three found. Spiroloculina tenuis Czjzek. Quinqueloculina tennis Czjzek, 1848, Haidinger's Naturw. Abhandl., vol. ii, p. 149, pi. xiii, figs. 31-34. Spiroloculina tennis Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 152, pi. x, figs. 7-11. Two varieties. One typical, and the other similar to the " Challenger " illustration, pL x, fig, 9. Spiroloculina acutimargo Brady. Spiroloculina acutimargo Brady, 1884, Chall Eept., p. 154, pi. x, figs. 12-15. Both forms as represented by the " Challenger" figures, 12, 13, are present. Spiroloctilina tenuiseptata Brady. (PI. I, figs. 5-7.) Spiroloculina tenuiseptata Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 153, pi. x, figs. 5, 6. Figs. 5, 6. — This is an interesting, almost circular form. The " shelly septum " is concealed by granular substance in most cases, but a specimen mounted in Canada balsam reveals it clearly, as shown in fig. 6. The peripheral edge is channelled. The orifice is situated at the end of a produced neck. In fig. 6 the neck is broken off. Under the name Spiroloculina dorsata Eeuss, var. ctrculaiis, Chapman (1915, Zool. Ees. "Endeavour," Nat. Mus. Melbourne, vol. iii., pt. 1, p. 7, pi. i, fig. 1) figures a form which appears to be like that illustrated and described above, but he gives few particulars, and without seeing his specimens it is impossible to say whether our specimens are identical or not. The arrangement of the early chambers as viewed in balsam strongly 6 Transactions of the Society. suggest Opthalniidium, but the dorsal edge is double and grooved, and it may prove to be a transition form. Fig. 7. — Five occur, but only one is in perfect condition. -The tests are transparent and exceedingly fragile, showing no signs of the " shelly septum " mentioned by Brady. They are similar to the " Challenger " illustration, fig. 6, except that the " septum " is wanting. The chambers are tubular, and support each other by touching at the sides for a short portion of their length. It is astonishing that a perfect test should have been found, after the treatment of washing the material. The other four examples have their central chambers missing. Possibly this form is a local variation. Spiroloculina (?) convexiuscula Brady. S;piroloculina (?) convexiuscula Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 155, pi. x, figs. 18-20. A single specimen, which appears to be typical. Miliolina Williamson. Miliolina valvularis (Reuss). (PI. I, figs. 8-10.) Triloculina valvularis Reuss, 1851, Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesell., vol. iii, p. 85, pi. vii, fig. 56. Miliolina valvularis Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 161, pi. iv, figs. 4, 5. The overlapping of the chambers is so neatly finished off that in some of the examples the edges cannot be distinguished. The section shows the test to be triloculine and the shell-wall thick. Miliolina seniintdnm (Linne). Serpula seminuhim Linne, 1767, Syst. Nat., 12th ed., p. 1264, No. 791. Miliolina seminulum Williamson, 1858, Rec. Foram. Gt. Britain, p. 85, pi. vii, figs. 183-185. Tests occur that are rather short and stout, but of good size. A few small semi-translucent specimens are also present. Miliolina procera Goes. (PI. I, figs. 11-14.) Miliolina iwocera Goes, 1896, Bulletin, Mus. Comp. Zoology, Harvard College, U.S.A., vol. xxix, No. 1, p. 82, pi. vii, figs. 7-9. Goes states that this is a short, inflated variety of M. semimolum, and makes further remarks as to its probable allies. One of the three specimens, figs. 11, 12, is very large, and shows the faint longitudinal striation on the antepenultimate segment to which Goes refers in his remarks. The aperture is rather narrow and lipped. Recent Foraminifera off the East Coast of Australia. 7 Miliolina ohlonga (Montagu). (PI. I, figs. 15, 16.) Vermiculum ohlongum Montagu, 1803, Test. Brit., p. 522, pi. xiv, fig. 9. Triloculina ohlonga d'Orbigny, 1839, Foram. Cuba, p. 175, pi. x, figs. 3-5. Miliolina seminuhnn, var. ohlonga Williamson, 1858, Eec. For. Gt. Br., p. 86, pi. vii, figs. 186, 187. Only one is typical. Three are roughly triangular in cross- section, with the corners rounded off. Five are almost tubular, as shown in figs. 15, 16, pi. I, Miliolina hosciana (d'Orbigny). Quinqueloculina hosciana d'Orbigny, 1839, Foram. Cuba, p. 191, pi. xi, figs. 22-24. Very rare and not well developed. Miliolina tricarinata (d'Orbigny). Triloculina tricarinata d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 299, No. 7, Modele, No. 94. Miliolina tricarinata Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 165, pi. iii, fig. 17. Typical specimens occur, their edges being quite sharp. Miliolina limhata (d'Orbigny). (PI. I, figs. 17, 18.) 'Quinqueloculina limhata d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., p. 302, No. 20. Q. limhata Fornacini, 1905, sp. Orb. Miliolidi, p. 66, pi. iii, fig. 9. Miliolina limhata Heron-Allen and Earland, 1915, Foram. Kerimba Archi- pelago, Trans. Zool. Soc, London, vol. xx, pi. xvii, p. 577, pi. xliv, figs. 5-8. I have some doubts in placing this form under the above Leading. Heron- Allen and Earland, in the text, speak of it as being quinqueloculine. Mine may be thetrilocuUne form. Of the four specimens found, one is much more elongate than the others a.nd approaches the type-ligure as regards length and breadth. The one I have figured is more oval in outline, and bears a strong resemblance to Heron-Allen and Earland's illustration, fig. 6. It also resembles Triloculina reversa, fig. 1, pi. ii, in Fornasini's work ; «ee above reference. The orifice is almost circular, and has a small tooth. * Miliolina stelligera (Schlumberger). Quinqueloculina stelligera Schlumberger, 1893, Mem. Soc. Zool., France, vol. vi, p. 68, pi. ii, figs. 58, 59. Miliolina stelligera Sidebottom, 1904, Rept. Rec. Foram. Isl. Delos, Mem. and Proc. Lit. Phil. Soc, Manchester, vol. xlviii, pt. i, p. 14. M. stelligera Heron-Allen and Earland, 1913, Clare Isl. Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. xxxi, p. 31, pi. i, figs. 14, 15. M. stelligera Heron-Allen and Earland, 1916, For. W. of Scotland, T.'an3. Linnean Soc, London, second series, Zool., vol. xi, pt. 13, p. 215, pi. xxxix, figs. 28-31. The tests agree both with specimens sent me by M. Schlum- berger, and those from the coast of Delos, and show the contrast in colour between the walls of the chambers and the keels. 8 IVa'nsadions of the Society. Miliolina circularis (Bornemann). Triloculina circularis Bornemann, 1855, Zeitschr. d. deutsch Geol. GeselL, vol. vii, p. 349, pi. xix, fig. 4. Miliolina circularis Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 169, pi. iv, fig. 3, a, b, c, pi. V, figs. 13, 14 ? The tests agree fairly well with the " Challenger" illustration, pL iv, fig. 3, but they are built up more coiVipactly. Miliolina circularis (Bornemann) var. (PI. I, figs. 19-21.) This variation is roughly oval in outline and only slightly compressed, and the antepenultimate chamber is very little exposed. The orifice, which is arched, is hearly closed by the tooth, and the test is not polished. Mr. Earland kindly drew my attention to the T. loevigata of Bornemann, 1855, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges. vol. vii, p. 350, pi. xix, fig. 5, with which it appears to be almost identical. Miliolina hucculenta (?) Brady. (PI. II, figs. 1, 2.) Miliolina hucculenta Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 170, pl. cxiv, fig. 3, a, h. I am a little doubtful as to the identification of these curious- forms, so have inserted a query. They are triloculine, and the antepenultimate chamber is very little exposed. The orifice, a narrow slit, is slightly lipped. The test is a little compressed at right angles to the mouth. There are three examples. The only difference between the one illustrated and the others is that in the former the small. EXPLANATION OP PLATE II. FIGS. 1, 2. — Miliolina hucculenta (?) Brady. Fig. 1, lateral view. Fig. 2, front view. X 50. 3, 4. — Sigmoilina ovata Sidebottom. Fig. 3, lateral view. Fig. 4, oral view. X 25. 5-8. — Ophthahnidi'inninconstans'Br&diy. Figs. 5, 6, lateral views, x 50. Fig. 7 X 50. Fig. 8 X 25. 9. — Beophax gtittifera Brady, x 50. 10. — Haplophragmium agglutinans (d'Orbigny). x 50. 11-14. — fl^. globigeriniforme (Parker and Jones). Figs. 11-13, superior views. Fig. 14, edge view, x 25. 15, 16. — H. sphariloculum (Cushman). Fig. 15, lateral view. Fig. 16, edge view. X 50. 17. — Trocliammina robertsoni Brady. Fig. 17, lateral view, x 75. 18. — T. plicata (Terquem) var. Fig. 18, superior view, x 75." 19-21. — Textularia inconspicua Brady. Fig. 19, superior view. Fig. 20, inferior- view. Fig. 21, lateral view. X 75. 22, 23. — Spiroplecta annectens (Parker and Jones). Figs. 22, 23, lateral views. X 75. 24, 25.^Gaudryina siplwnella Keuss. Figs. 24, 25, lateral views, x 50. 26. — G. scatra Brady. Fig. 26, lateral view, x 50. JOURN. R. MICR. SOC. 1918. Pl. II. 2 3 4 j.> ■^*!:*!i ?&'^ 13 ''i,..^'--.^. 14 18 15 K-jiAm? 16 23 20 H. Sidebottom, del ad nat. Adlard & Son & West Newtiian, Ltd.. Impr. Recent Foraminifera off the East Coast of Australia. 9 exposed chamber extends more to the front. There is a curious resemblance between my figure and Goes', fig. 374, pi. x, Eet. Ehiz. Caribbean Sea, 1882, except as regards the position of the- aperture, but there is a great difference in the faces of our tests. Goes considers his form to be an irregular triloculine form of M. ringens Lamarck. Sub-genus Sigmoilina (Schlumberger). Sigmoilina edwardsi (Schlumberger). Planispirina (Sigmoilina) edwardsi, Schlumberger, 1887, Bull. Soc. ZooL, France, vol. xii, p. 483, text-fig. 8, pi. vii, figs. 15-18. Sigmoilina edwardsi, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1915, Foram. Kerimba Archipelago, part ii, Trans. Zool. Soc, London, vol. xx, ^art xvii^ p. 584, pi. xlv, figs. 19-21. The tests are small and highly polished. Two appear to have no tooth in the aperture, and in this respect they agree with the type form, but the others have the aperture blocked with what looks like granular substance, and in these the aperture may be cribrate. Sigmoilina ovata Sidebottom. (PI. II, figs. 3, 4.) Sigmoilina ovata Sidebottom, 1904, etc., Rec. Foram. Isl. Delos, Mem. Manchester Lit. Phil. Soc, 1904, p. 6, pi. ii, figs. 12, 13, text-fig. 1. S. ovata, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1915, Foram. Kerimba Archipelago^ part ii, Trans. Zool. Soc, London, vol. xx, part xvii, p. 584, pi. xlv, figs. 16-18. Some of the tests are of larger size than the Delos specimens, and there is a slight difference in colour and in the appearance of the surface. The Delos specimens in my cabinet show signs of deterioration, and it appears to be a difticult species to preserve. My illustrations in the Delos paper are not satisfactory, and Heron-Allen and Earland in their Kerimba work give a much better representation. They consider S. ovata to be closely allied to S. edu-ardsi Schlumberger. The specimens in my collection, which I take to be typical >S'. cdivardsi, differ from aS'. ovata, both in contour and in the texture of the surface. The former has a highly polished test to which Schlumberger draws particular attention. « Sub -family Hauerininae. Artictdina d'Orbigny. Articulina funalis Brady. Articulina funalis Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 185, pi. xiii, figs. 6-11. These call for no remarks. Eare. 10 Transactions of the Society. ArticuUna funalis, var. inornata Brady. Articulina funalis, var. inornata Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 186, pi. xiii, figs. 3-5. A, funalis, var. inornata Millett, 1898, Foram. Malay Archipelago, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc, 1898, p. 513, pi. xii, fig. 11. The specimens agree with Millett's figure. Very rare, Ophthalmidium Kiibler. Ophthahnidium inconstans Brady. (PI. II, figs. 5-8.) Ophthabnidium inconstans Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 189, pi. xii, figs. 5, 7, 8. Thd^'e are four tests, and they are not in a good state for examination. There is a certain amount of smooth shell-growth overspreading them. One tends towards the circular in outline, another is more elonga^te, while the two largest ones are convex on the face of the test and concave on the reverse side, as shown in the drawings (figs. 5, 6). I also illustrate two fragments (figs. 7, 8), which must have come from large specimens. At first I took these two to be a carinate form of Nuhecularia, but on comparing them with large specimens of Ophthalmidium inconstans in my collection their true character was revealed. ^ Flanispirina Seguenza. Planispirina celata (Seguenza). Spiroloculina celata Costa, 1855, Mem-Accad. Napoli, vol. ii, p. 126, pi. i, fig. 14; 1856, Atti dell' Accad. Pont., vol. vii, pi. xxvi, fig. 5. Planispirina celata Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 197, pi. viii, figs. 1-4. The tests are rather more roughly built than is usual in the specimens I have hitherto found. Planisinrina sigmoidea Brady. Planispirina sigmoidea Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 197, pi. ii, figs. 1-3 ; woodcut, fig. 5, c. Most of the tests have a sharp edge. Planispirina auriculata Egger. Planispirina auriculata Egger, 1893, Abhandl. k. bayer. Akad. Wiss. CI. ii, vol. xviii, p. 245, pi. iii, figs. 13-15. P. auriculata Heron- Allen and Earland, 1915, Foram. Kerimba Archi- pelago, pt. ii, Trans. Zool. Soc, London, vol. xx, pt. xvii, p. 590, pi. xlvi, figs. 3-7. The folding down of the circular orifice on one side of the test is a curious feature of this species. Jiecent Foraminifera off the Bast Coast of Australia. 11 Sub-family Peneroplidinse. Cornuspira Schultze. Cornuspira involvens (Keuss). Operculina involvens Eeuss, 1849, Denkschr. d. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. i, p. 370, pi. xlvi, fig. 20. Cornuspira involvens Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 200, pi. xi, figs. 1-3. The tests are all of the microspheric form. Cornuspira carinata (Costa). Operculina carinata Costa, 1856, Atti dell' Accad. Pont., vol. vii, p. 209, pi. xvii, fig. 15. Cornuspira carinata Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 201, pi. xi, fig. 4. A solitary example, which it seems right to place under this heading. The edge of the test is sharp. Family ASTRORHIZID^. Sub -family Saccammininffi. PsammosplKera Schulze. Psammospiliara fusca Schulze. F»ammos2}h(rra ftisca Schulze, 1874, II. Jahresb. Untersuch. deutsch. Meere in Kiel, p. 113, pi. ii, fig. 8. P, fusca Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 249, pi. xviii, figs. 1-8. The tests are small in size, and built up of clear sand grains. One only is of typical colour. Very rare. Sub-family Rhabdammininae. Hyperammina H. B. Brady. Hyperainmina ramosa Brady. Hyperammina ramosa Brady, 1879, Quart. Journ. Micro. Sci., vol. xix, N.S., p. 38, pi. iii, figs. 14, 15. ♦ H. ramosa Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 261, pi. xxiii, figs. 15-19. There are two fragments, which appear to lielong to this species ; also several branching fragments which are probably of the same kind. Hyperammina vagans Brady. Hyperammina vagans Brady, 1879, Quart. Journ. Micro. Sci., vol. xix, N.S., p. 33, pi. v, fig. 3. H. vagans, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 260, pi. xxiv, figs. 1-9. One specimen, attached to a fragment of shell. It is almost white in colour, and imperfect in places. 12 Transactions of the Society. Marsip'ella Norman. Marsipella cylindrica Brady. Marsipella cylindrica Brady, 1882, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edin., vol. xi, p. 714, M. cylindrica Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 265, pi. xxiv, figs. 20-22. A solitary fragment. Bhabdammina M. Sars. Bhahdammina abyssorum M. Sars. Bhabdammina abyssorum M. Sars, 1868, Vidensk.-Selsk, 1868, p. 248. B. abyssorum Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 266, pi. xxi, figs. 1-13. Fragments. One is similar to the " Challenger " fig. 8. There are straight fragments which I think belong to this species. I 'cannot discover any constrictions in them. There are also two which consist of a large, irregular, coarsely-built chamber, very short portions remaining of what have probably been the branching arms. These arms would not have been in the same plane, but branching in all directions. These two fragments may possibly be a variety, or another species altogether. Until perfect tests are found, I think it cannot be decided with certainty. Family LITUOLID.E. Sub-family Lituolinae. Beophax Montfort. Beopliax scorpiurus Montfort.. Beophax scorpiurus Montfort, 1808, Conchyl. System, vol. i, p. 330, 83e genre. B. scorpiurus Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 291, pi. xxx, figs. 12-17. The tests are rough and built of clear white sand-grains. Beophax pilulifcra Brady. Beophax piluUfera Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 292, pi. xxx, figs. 18-20. Two fragments. The tests are much more roughly built-up than the " Challenger " specimens. The pale yellowish-brown cement used is plainly shown. Beophax fusiformis Williamson. Proteonina fusiformis Williamson, 1858, Rec. Foram. Gt. Br., p. 1, pL i» fig.l. Beophax fusiformis Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 290, pi. xxx, figs. 7-11. One test agrees well with the " Challenger " fig. 8. Becent Foraminifera off the East Coast of Australia. 13 Beophax guttifera Brady. (PL II, fig. 9.) Beophax guttifera Brady, 1881, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. xxi, N.S., p. 49. B. guttifera Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 295, pi. xxxi, figs. 10-15. Not one of the tests consists of more than four chambers, and they do not show the separation of the chambers to anything approaching the extent figured in the " Challenger " Eeport, but they agree with some of the specimens which Mr. Earland has kindly sent me from the Faroe Channel. Beophax distans Brady. Beophax distans Brady, 1881, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. xxi, N.S., p. 50. B. distans Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 296, pi. xxxi, figs. 18-22. Two fragments. They are built of clear, wdiite sand-grains. The choice of this particular kind of sand-grain, for the formation of tests, is not at all uncommon at this locality. Beophax spiculifera Brady. Beophax spiculifera Brady, 1879, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. xix, N.S., p. 54, pi. iv, figs. 10,' 11. B. spiculifera Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 295, pi. xxxi, figs. 16, 17. A few fragments, each consisting of a single chamber. Beophax difflugiformis Brady. Beophax difflugiformis Brady, 1879, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. xix, N.S., p. 51, pi. iv, fig. 3, a, h. B. difflugiformis Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 289, pi. xxx, figs. 1-5. A few specimens built of coarse sand-grains, similar to the ■" Challenger " fig. 5. One test is nearly globular, and might be taken for Saccammina sphxrica, but being an odd specimen, found in company with the above, and differing from them in no other respect, it is probably only a more globular form than is usual in this species. When damped, the tests easily disintegrate. They are shaded light brown. o Haplophragmiuin Reuss. > Haplophragmium calcareum Brady. Haplophragmium calcareum Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 302, pi. xxxiii, figs. 5-12. Very large specimens occur, built of coarse sand-grains. They are .narrow in comparison with their length, the segments unusually high and depressed at their sutures. The outline is lobulated. They agree with the " Challenger " fig. 7. y 14 Transactions of the Society. Haplojihragmium aggluHnans (d'Orbigny). (PL II, fig. 10.) Spirolijia agglutinans d'Orbigny, 1846, For. Foss. Vien, p. 137, pi. vii, figs. 10-12. Haplophragmium agglutinans Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 301, pi. xxxii,. figs. 19-26. Four varieties. One example typical. Four tests have the initial chambers well compressed, slightly sunk at the umbilicus and the linear portion also flattened at its commencement. Twa specimens have the planospiral portion rather large, and are very rough. One of the two has the linear portion twisted. The fourth variety, fig. 10, PI. II, is very slender. Of the two examples found one is in perfect condition. The test is built of clear sand-grains, and the animal has used very few grains to- each chamber, which gives an angular appearance. Sutures obscure. Hajolophragmiiim tenuimargo Brady. Haplophragmium tenuimargo Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 303, pi. xxxiii^ figs. 13-16. Two fragments. I believe they belong to one another, and if so they complete the test. Their compression and their jagged edges seem to identify them with this species. Haplophragmium latidorsatum (Bornemann) . Nonionina latidorsatum Bornemann, 1855, Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesell.y vol. vii, p. 339, pi. xvi, fig. 4. Hajjilophragmium latidorsatum Bradv, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 307, pi. xxxiv. figs.VlO, 14. Four out of the five examples are small. One is attached to a portion of an arenaceous tube. Haplophragmium glohigeriniforme (Parker and Jones). (PI. II, figs. 11-14.) Lituola nautiloidea, var. globigeriniformis Parker and Jones, 1865, Phil. Trans., vol. civ., p. 407, pi. xv, figs. 46, 47 (pi. xvii, figs. 96-98?) Haplojjhragmium glohigeriniforme Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 312,, pi. XXXV, figs. 10, 11. The two largest tests, figs. 11, 12, PI. II, are white. The others are of a light rusty-red hue, the final segments being lighter than the rest. One variety is a neat, comparatively smooth form, of a rich ferruginous tint, with three to four chambers in the outermost whorl, PL II, figs. 13, 14. Another variety is larger, and roughly built. The large white specimen, fig. 11, might be passed for H. sphfe-roidiformc Brady, referred to in the " Challenger " Keport, p. 313, as isomorphous with Sph^roidina hulloides, but a close examination hardly supports this view of it. This test is slightly flattened. Recent Foraminifera off the East Coast of Australia. 15 Haplophragmiiim spJiceriloculiim (Cushman). (PL II, figs. 15, 16.) Haplophragmoides sjyJicerilocuhim Cushman, 1910, Foram. N.P. Ocean, pt. 1,. Smithsonian Instit. Nat. Mus. U.S.A., Bull. 71, p. 107, fig. 163. This solitary example answers well to Cushman's description of the species. It is rich in colour. Haplophragmimn nanum Brady. Haplophragmium nanum Brady, 1881, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. xxi, N.S. p. 50. iT. nanum Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 311, pi. xxxv, figs. 6-8. The tests are typical and pale in colour. Haplophragmium ancep)S Brady. Haplophragmium anceps Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 313, pi. xxxv, figs. 12-15. H. anceps Heron-Allen and Earland, 1913, Foram. Clare Island, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. xxxi, p. 47, pi. iii, fig. 4. The examples are small but typical. Haplophragmium glomeratum (Brady). Lituola glomerata Brady, 1878, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5, vol. i, p. 433, pi. XX, fig. 1. H. glomeratum Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 309, pi. xxxiv, figs. 15-18. Typical, but varying a good deal in size. Placopsilina d'Orbigny. j Placopsilina cenomana d'Orbigny. Placopsilina cenomana d'Orbigny, 1850, Prod. Paleont., vol. ii, p. 185, No. 758. P. cenomena Sidebottom, 1902, etc., Rept. Foram. Isl. Delos, Mem. Man- chester Lit. and Phil. Soc, 1905, p. 4, pi. i, fig. 7. Three occur ; two attached to a fragment of a shell, and the other found in company with a Wehhina clarata. Sub-family Trochammininee. Hormosina Brady. Hormosina carpenteri Brady. Hormosina carpenteri Brady, 1881, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. xxi, N.S. p. 51. H. carpenteri Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 327, pi. xxxix, figs. 14-18. Frasments, One has four segments. All are of small size. 16 Transactions of the Society. Ammodiscus Reuss. Ammodiscus incertus (d'Orbigny). Operculina incerta d'Orbigny, 1839, Foram. Cuba, p. 71, pi. vi, figs. 16, 17. Ammodiscus incertus Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 330, pi. xxxviii, figs. 1-3. Three occur. One is large and two are of medium size. Of the latter, one is white. Ammodiscus tenuis Brady. Ammodiscus tenuis Brady, 1881, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. xxi, N.S., p. 51. A. tenuis Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 332, pi. xxxviii, figs. 4-6. The two tests found appear to be Megalospheric, and although ■of fair size consist of only about four convolutions. The tests are rather flat, but the initial chamber of the first convolution is raised. Yery pale in colour. Am,m,odiscus charoides (Jones and Parker). 'Trocjidminina squamata charoides Jones and Parker, 1860, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, vol. xvi, p. 304. Ammodiscus charoides Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 834, pi. xxxviii, figs. 10-16. Excellent specimens occur, highly polished, and of a rich ferruginous colour. Trochammina Parker and Jones. Trochammina conglohata Brady. Trochammina co7iglolata Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 341, pi. xl, fig. 8, 9. T. conglohata Flint, 1899, Rec. Foram. Rept., W.S., Nat. Mus. for 1897, p. 281, pi. xxvi, fig. 2. Four specimens occur, which I think I am right in placing under this heading. They agree better with Flint's than with the "Challenger" figure. Trochammina trullisata Brady. Trochammina trullisata Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 342, pi. xl,figs. 13-16. The small form only occurs, similar to fig. 14 in the above reference. Trochammina nitida Brady. Trochammina nitida Brady, 1881, Quart, Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. xxi, N.S., p. 52. T. 7iitida Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 339, pi. xli, figs. 5, 6. A solitary, typical example. Recent Foraminifera off the East Coast of Australia. 17 Trochammina rohertsoni Brady. (PI. II, fig. 17.) Trochammina rohertsoni Brady, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc, 1887, p. 893. T. rohertsoni Wright, 1891, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., (3) vol. i, No. 4, p. 469, pi. XX, fig. 4. I think I am right in my diagnosis of this form. Two speci- mens have five chambers showing in the outermost whorl, the rest having four. The umbilical cavity is more closed in than is usual. The tests are small, and not quite so highly polished or coloured as the British specimens in my cabinet, except for a few chambers of several of the tests. Trochammina rotaliformis Wright. Trochammina inflaia (Montagu), var. Balkwill and Wright, 1885, Trans. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. xxviii. (Science), p. 331, pi. xiii, figs. 11, 12. T. rotaliformis Heron-Allen and Earland, 1913, Clare Island, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. xxxi, pt. Ixiv, p. 52, pi. iii, figs. 11-13. The tests are small and built of fine sand-grains. They agree well with Balkwill and Wright's fig. 12 in the above reference. One of the four is dark coloured ; the others are lighter, especially as regards the final chambers. Trochammina ochracea (Williamson). Botalina ochracea Williamson, 1858, Rec. Foram. Gt. Britain, p. 55, pi. iv, fig. 112; pi. V, fig. 113. Trochammina ochracea Millett, 1898, etc., Rept. Rec. Foram. Malay Archi- pelago, 1899, p. 363, pi. V, fig. 12. A single example. The curving sutures on the under-surface are well defined, and " present the only means of distinguishing this species from the closely allied T. plicata of Terquem," as Heron-Allen and Earland remark (Foram. Clare Island, Proc. Boy. Irish Acad., 1913, p. 51). Another variety appears to be present, that referred to by Heron-Allen and Earland, 1915, Foram. Kerimba Archipelago, pt. ii, Trans. Zool. Soc, London, vol. xx, pt. xvii, p. 619, pi. xlvi, figs. 27, 28 ; but the irregular chitinous carina is very much wrinkled and covered with fine grey matter. Three examples occur. Trochammina plicata (Terquem), var. (PL II, fig. 18.) Patellina plicata Terquem, 1876, Anim. Plage de Dunkerque, 2™' fasc. p. 72, pi. viii, fig. 9. Trochammina plicata, 'RbX^^iW and Millett, 1884, Journ. Micr. Nat. Sci., vol. iii, p. 26, pi. i, fig. 8. In this variety the whole of the upper surface of the sliell is covered with irregular, branching, and interrupted costse, closely March Wth, WIS c 18 Transactions of the Society. set together. Under a fairly high magnification, these costse appear to be built of minute sand-grains and are of a light brown tint, showing up well against the dark background. The test is thin, and the under-surface is not so thickly covered with the same decoration. As far as I can tell from the inferior surface, the test has probably six or seven chambers in the final whorl, but the coiling of the chambers does not show on either surface. Two specimens occur. Webbina d'Orbigny. Webbina clavata (Jones and Parker). Trochammina irregularis clavata Jones and Parker, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, 1860, vol. xvi, p. 304. Webbina clavata Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 349, pi. xli, figs. 12-16. W. clavata Wright, 1891, Kept. Foram. S.W. Ireland, Proc. Eoy. Irish Acad., p. 470, pi. XX, figs. 2, 3. Both the Megalospheric and Microspheric forms occur; the former having a large, oval, initial chamber, and the latter a much smaller, generally rounded chamber, highly domed. The tube of the Microspheric form is sinuous, and has a Globigerina shell attached in the hollow of each curve. This tube is much stouter than in the Megalospheric form. A single white specimen occurs, which is in the Megalospheric condition. Sub-family Loftusinse. Cyclammina Brady. Cyclammina cancellata Brady. Cyclammina cancellata Brady, 1879, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. xix, N.S., p. 62. C. cancellata Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 351, pi. xxxvii, figs. 8-16. Three occur. They are rather small. Family TEXTULARID^. Sub-family Textularinse. Textularia Defrance. Textularia gramen d'Orbigny. Textularia gramen d'Orbigny, 1846, Foram., Foss. Vien., p. 248, pi. xv, figs. 4-6. T. gramen Brady, 1884, [Chall. Rept., p. 365, pi. xliii, figs. 9, 10. Several varieties occur. In one variety the initial chambers have acute edges, this acuteness being lost as the test broadens out and thickens. Recent Foraminifera off the East Coast of Austmlia. 19 A single specimen is comparatively short and broad. The third variety is very stoutly built and very rough ; the sutures not Apparent. Textularia agglutinans d'Orbigny. Textularia agglutinans d'Orbigny, 1839, Foram. Cuba, p. 144, pi. i, figs. 17, 18, 32-34. T. agglutinans Brady, 1834, Chall. Eept., p. 363, pi. xliii, figs. 1-3, vara. figs. 4,12. Two occur. Textularia sagittula Defrance. Textularia sagittula Defrance, 1824, Diet. Soi. Nat., vol. xxxii, p. 117, Atlas Conch., pi. xiii, fig. 5. T. sagittula Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept.. p. 361, pi. xlii, figs. 17, 18. Two fairly good examples occur. Besides these, there are several large specimens, thin and rounded at the commencement, but soon thickening and broadening out until they become very stout, with rather square edges. The largest finishes with several very large chambers of equal width. The tests are very coarsely built and are probably spiroplectine in the arrangement of the initial chambers. These forms combine features that are character- istic of 2\ sagittula Defrance, T. gramen d'Orbigny, and T. can- deiana d'Orbigny. Textularia ahhreviata d'Orbigny. Textularia ahhreviata d'Orbigny, 1846, Foram. Foss. Vien., p. 249, pi. xv, figs. 7-12. T. ahhreviata Fornasini, 1887, Boll. Soc. geol. Ital., vol. vi, p. 399, pi. xi, figs. 1-3. T. ahhreviata Brady, Parker and Jones, 1888, Trans. Zool. Soc, vol. xii, pt. vii, p. 219, pi. xlii, figs. 4, 5. Three examples, one of which has limbate sutures, and appears, although better developed, to be similar to Fornasini's T. abbreviata, Boll. Soc. geol. Ital., vol. vi, 1887, p. 399, pi. xi, fig. 1. Textularia concava (Karrer). Plecanium concavum Karrer, 1868, Sitzungsb. d. k. Wiss. Wien, vol. Iviii, p. 129, pi. i, fig. 3. Textularia concava Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 360, pi. xlii, figs. 13, 14; and pi. xliii, fig. 11. Two examples occur, interesting inasmuch as they are typical in having the lateral face slightly concave and the peripheral margin square, while the orifice is quite upright. The specimens differ slightly in form. The one figured is the smaller of the two. G 2 20 Transactions of the Society. Textularia concava, var. heterostoma FornaBini. Sagraina affinis Fornasini, 1883, Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital., vol. ii, p. 189, pi. ii, fig. 10. Textularia heterostoma Fornasini, 1896, Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Istit. di Bologna, Ser. 5, vol. vi, p. 4, pi. figs. 6, 12, 13. A single example, agreeing well with Fornasini's (1888) illus- tration, fig. 1, a-c, excepting that the orifice is not set at an angle, and is placed as in T. concava Karrer. Textularia striata Cushman. Textularia striata Cushman, 1911, Foram. North Pacific Ocean, Smithsonian Instit. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 71, Text, p. 11, fig. 13. Four occur, the largest having about forty chambers. They agree accurately witli Cushman's description, excepting that the apertural end is not "somewhat acute." The same large tests occur at the " Challenger " St. 185, off Eaine Island, but they are very roughly built. Further investigation may prove that these are a variant of Textularia agglutinans, var. forrecta Brady. Cushman's species appears to be identical with the forms recorded and figured by Chapman from Great Barrier Island, New Zealand, 110 fathoms, under tlie names Spiroplccta sagittida (Defrance), and S. sagittula, var. fistulosa Brady (Chapman, 1906,. Trans. N. Zealand Instit., vol. xxxviii (1905), p. 87, pi. iii, fig. 4). It is a very large form, typical of the " Thomson Basin," and abundant in dredgings from this area. The early structure is in our experience usually, if not invariably, Spiroplectine, and Cush- man's figure suggests a Spiroplectine form, though his description contains no reference to this feature. But the " Dart " specimens are of a megalospheric Textularian type, and this would seem to be proof of dimorphism. The species deserves to be carefully worked out. Textularia quadrilatera Schwager. Textularia quadrilatera Schwager, 1866, Novara-Exped. Geol. Theil., vol. ii, p. 253, pi. vii, fig. 103. T. quadrilatera, Brady, 1884, Chali. Kept., p. 858, pi. xlii, figs. 8-12. Excellent specimens occur, none of which are spinous at the base. Textularia incon8j)icua Brady. (PI. II, figs. 19-21.) Textularia tncons^tcw a Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 357, pi. xlii, fig. 6. T. inconspicua Millett, 1898, etc., Kept. Foram. Malay Archipelago, Journ. Eoy, Micr. Soc, 1899, p. 557, pi. vii, fig. 1. T. inconspicua Heron-Allen and Earland, 1915, Foram. Kerimba Archi- pelago, Zool. Soc. London, vol. xx, pt. xvii, p. 623, pi. xlvii, figs. 1-4. Typical tests are present. Besides these, there are a few having the base irregular, or nearly so, in outline. One can see Recent Foraminifera off the East Coast of Australia. 21 by the shape of the earlier chambers that in the young state the base would be oval, but in maturity the outline becomes circular. I figure one of these tests. The umbilical cavity is deeply sunk. Millett remarks, in the above reference, p. 557, that " The Malay specimens are associated with a minute hyaline Discorbina, to which they bear a considerable resemblance." I can find no reference to this form under " Discorbina," and I wonder whether the variety I have illustrated is the one to which he refers. It appears to me to be a variant of T. inconspicua. At all events the chambers are Textularian in arrangement. Textularia inconspicua, \a.r. jugosa Brady. Textulariajugosa Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 358, pi. xlii, fig. 7. T. inconspicua, \&x. jugosa, Millett, 1898, etc., Foram. Malay Archipelago, Journ. Eoy. Micr. Soc, 1899, p. 558, pi. vii, fig. 2. A single ill-developed example of the form figured by Millett in the above reference. Textularia folium Parker and Jones. Textularia folium Parker and Jones, 1865, Phil. Trans., vol. civ, pp. 370 and 420, pi. xviii, fig. 19. T. folium Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 357, pi. xlii, figs. 1-5. Two occur ; one in very poor condition. Verneuilina d'Orbigny. Verneuilina polystropha (Reuss). Bulimina polystropha Reuss, 1845-6, Verstein, Bohm, Kreid., pt. ii, p. 109, pi. xxiv, fig. 53. Verneuilina polystropha Brady, 1884, Chall, Rept., p. 386, pi. xlvii, figs. 15-17. V. polystropha Heron-Allen and Earland, 1915, Foram. Clare Isl., Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., pt. Ixiv, vol. xxxi, p. 55, pi. iv, figs. 1-5. Two smairtests; one white, the other partially Qoloured. Verneuilina pygmoia (Egger). Bulimina pygmcea Egger, 1857, Neues Jahrb. fiir Min., p. 384, pi. xii, figs. 10, 11. Verneuilina 2W9mcea,Bv&dy, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 385, pi. xlvii, figs. 4-7. V.pygmma Millett, 1898, etc., Rept. Rec. Foram. Malay Archipelago, 1900, p. 11, pi. 1, fig. 13. With two exceptions, the examples are comparatively small. They are more neatly built than the specimens figured in the "' Challenger" Keport, and the inflation of the chambers is not so marked. The minute hyaline form is well represented, and the tests agree in every particular with Millett's figure in the above reference. 22 Transactions of the Society, Verneuilina spinulosa Reuss. VerneuiUna spinulosa Reuss, 1850, Denkschr. d. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol i p. 374, pi. xlvii, fig. 12. ' • ^ V. tpinulosa Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 384, pi. xlvii, figs. 1-3. The two specimens found are in very poor condition. Spiroplecta Ehrenberg. 8piro2)lecta annectens (Parker and Jones). (PI. II, figs. 22, 23.) Textularia annectens Parker and Jones, 1863, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 3^ vol. xi, p. 92, woodcut, fig. 1. Spiroplecta amiectens Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 376, pi. xlv, figs. 22, 23. S. annectens Millett, 1898, etc., Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc, 1900, p. 8, pi. i, fig. 7, Both the megalospheric and microspheric forms 'are present. The initial planospiral portion of the test is much larger in the megalospheric than in the microspheric form, and the chambers of the Textularian series are more erect. The test also is very much shorter and its edges are markedly sinuous. _ Fig. 23 shows the smallest of the specimens found in the microspheric condition, but it is the only one from which the planospiral chambers have not been broken off. The longest example consists of about seventy-two chambers, thirty -six in either series, exclusive of the planospherical portion which is missing. Under the name Spiropiecta hulhosa Cushman (1911, Monograph N. Pacific Ocean, pt. ii, TextularitUe, p. 5, figs. 1, a, h) figures a form which seems to be the same as Millett's illustration in the above reference. If they are identical it will be a matter of opinion whether or not they should be treated as a new species. Spiropiecta biformis (Parker and Jones). Textularia agglutinans, var. biformis Parker and Jones, 1865, Phil. Trans.. vol. civ, p. 370, pi. XV, figs. 23, 24. Spiropiecta biformis Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 376, pi. xlv, figs. 25-27. The examples are small and slender, similar to the " Challeuser "■ fig. 25. ^ Spiropiecta tvrightii Silvestri. Textularia sagittula Defrance, 1824, Diet. Sci. Nat., vol. xxxii, p. 177; Atlas, Conch., pi. xiii, fig. 5. Spiropiecta sagittula (Defrance) Wright, 1891, Rept. S.W. Ireland, p. 471. S. sagittula (Defrance) Wright, 1902, Foram. Rathlin Island, p. 211, pi. iii. S. wrightii Silvestri, 1903, Atti d. P. Accad. Romana d. Nuovi Lincei, Ann. Ivi, sess. iii, pp. 8, 1-5, woodcuts. The tests are short, the Spiroplectine portion occupving about one-third of the length of the shell. All appear to ' be in the megalospheric condition. h Becent Foraminifcra off the East Coast of Australia. 23 Gaudryina d'Orbigny. Gaudryina pupoides d'Orbigny. Gaudryina pupoides d'Orbigny, 1840, Mem. Soc. G^ol. France, vol. iv, p. 44, pi. iv, figs. 22-24. G. pupoides d'Orbigny, 1846, Foram. Foss. Vien, p. 197, pi. xxi, figs. 34-86. G. pupoides Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 378, pi. xlvi, figs. 1-4. This species is very well represented. _^ Gaudryina pupoides, var. chilostoma Eeuss. Textularia cliilostoma Eeuss, 1852, Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. GeselL, vol. iv, p. 18 (fide Reuss). Gaudryina cliilostoma Reuss, 1865, Denkschr. d. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. XXV, p. 120, pi. i, fig. 5. G. pupoides, var. chilostoma Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 379, pi. xlvi, figs. 5, 6. With one exception the typical tests are small. There are also specimens, both larger and thicker, which are probably intermediate between G. pupoides and the above. Guadryina baccaia Schwager. Gaudryina haccata Schwager, 1866, Novara-Exped. geol. Theil, vol. ii, p. 200, pi. iv, fig. 12. G. baccata Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 379, pi. xlvi, figs. 8-11. The tests are only slightly twisted, but the inflation of the chambers and the texture of the surface, which is not polished and has a tendency towards roughness, are sufficient to identify them. Gaudryina subrotunda Schwager. Gaudryina subrotunda Schwager, 1866, Novara-Exped. geol. Theil, vol. ii, p. 198, pi. iv, fig. 9. G. subrotunda Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 380, pi. xlvi, fig. IB. Two large specimens occur, also two in an immature stage, the biscerial portion not having commenced. The tests are very rough, and the aperture is deeply sunk and placed at some dis- tance from the inner border of the final chamber. The position of the aperture is well shown in Flint's illustration (1899, Eec. Foram. U.S. Nat. Museum, pi. xxxiii, fig. 1). Gaudryina siplionella Reuss. (PI. II, figs. 24, 25.) Gaudryina siphonella, 1851, Zeitschr. d. deutsch. Gesell., vol. iii, p. 78, pi. V, figs. 40-42. G. syphonella Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 382, pi. xlvi, figs. 17-19. G. siphonella Millett, 1898, etc., Foram. Malay Archipelago, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc, 1900, p. 9, pi. i, fig. 9. Specimens similar to the " Challenger " figures occur. In addition to the above there are two forms, one of which 24 Transactions of the Society. (PI. II, fig. 24) I take to be the same as that figured by Millett. The tests, however, are more pointed and the chambers more numerous and narrower than in Millett's example. Two occur. They appear to be in the microspheric condition. The other form (Ph II, fig. 25) may also be Millett's variety in the megalospheric condition. It is more oval in shape, and the final chambers are not so much inflated. Seven occur. Under this name Eeuss figured two very dissimilar forms. His fig. 40 agrees with Brady's figs. (PL xlvi, figs. 17-19), and with recent specimens from the Indian Ocean. Millett's figure appears to be based on Eeuss's fig. 42, but the structure is quite different. Millet's gaudryine chambers are confined to the apex, hardly noticeable, while the Eeuss type shows a triserial cone from apex to aperture. The " Dart " specimens are very variable ; one is similar to the " Challenger " type, the others approximate more nearly to Millett's figure, and may possibly represent only gaudryine varieties of Textularia concava (Karrer). Gaudryina scabra Brady. (PI. II, fig. 26.) Gaudryina pupoides Brady, 1870, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. vi, p. 300, pi. xii, fig. 5. G. scabra Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 381, pi. xlvi, fig. 7. G. scabra Heron-Allen and Earland, 1915, Foram. Kerimba Archipelago, pt. ii. Trans. Zool. Sec. London, vol. xx, pt. xvii, p. 635, pi. xlviii, figs. 7-14. The specimens are not typical, being more slender than the " Challenger " example. Several of the tests have six pairs of Textularian chambers of the typical ferruginous colour, except the final pair, which are of greyish hue. One specimen is grey through- out. The triserial portion is obscure, and the arrangement may be Textularian throughout the entire length of ihe test, but the irregularity of the initial portion suggests a different manner of growth. In addition to the above, there are two minute tests, one grey, the other brown, in which the triserial commencement is well marked and the biserial portion slightly twisted. These may or may not belong to this species. Valvulina d'Orbigny. ValvuUna fusca (Williamson). Rotalina fusca Williamson, 1858, Rec. For. Gt. Br., p. 55, pi. v, figs. 114, 115. Valvulina fusca Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 392, pi. xlix, figs. 13, 14. I believe I am right in placing these three tests under this heading. They are very minute, and the chambers (of which there are three in the last whorl) are slightly inflated. They are remarkable for their beauty. When lit up by a strong light, the Recent Foraminifera off the East Coast of Australia. 25 minute, transparent sand-grains, of which each test is built, sparkle brilliantly. The surface is rough, and the initial chambers are dark, cement of a beautiful ruby colour being used. Clavulina d'Orbigny. Clavulina communis d'Orbigny. Clavulina communis d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 268, fig. 4. C. communis d'Orbigny, 1846, For. Foss. Vien, p. 196, pi. xii, figs. 1, 2. C. communis Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 394, pi. xlviii, figs. 1-13, Two forms are present, both being long. One is comparatively smooth, and the later chambers are fitted on to each other in such a manner as to cause the lower edge of the chambers to project- slightly. The other form is rough, and the individual chambers are scarcely discernible. {To he continued,) 26 II. — Microscopy at Buhlehen. By E. PaulsOxV, F.E.M.S. (Read November 21, 1917.) Those who are acquainted with the internal government of the civilian camp at lUihleben through letters and printed matter, received from interned relatives and friends, know already some- thing of the educational work that has been going on there for the past two and a half years. Prisoners have been permitted to send a copy of the prospectus of the work of the organized classes for each successive term, and the various numbers of the camp magazine. As an introduction to the prospectus of work for the autumn term, 1916, we find among other notices the following : — " In most subjects the tuition provided at the school ranges from that required by absolute beginners to that required by Advanced University Students." " The Term consists of fourteen weeks ; the total subscription of 3.50 marks should be paid in advance, if possible." Eoughly the camp is made up of students from the Public Schools and Universities, numbers of our best pioneers in com- merce, trade and industry — men who had gone to health resorts. Some five months ago Mr. E. J. Sheppard received a letter from Dr. Lechmere in reference to a paragraph in " Nature," re- specting a slide exhibited at the Meeting in December 1916 of the Eoyal Microscopical Society. It was the preparation of the anther of Lilium candidum, show- ing the extrusion of nuclear chromatin during mitosis in the pollen mother-cells. As the letter was reported to the Council it was suggested that Dr. Lechmere should be communicated with, and that he should be asked to give some account of the microscopical work done in the camp. A letter was written to this effect, and after a period of eighty- seven days an answ^er was received, together with a report by Mr. Michael Pease on " Biological Activities at Euhleben." Before reading the report it might be well to mention that the camp is situated on a bleak plateau on the site of the well-known race-course to the west of Berlin. This fact will account for the mention of betting-booth, hay-loft and grand-stand. The rigours Microscopy at Ruhleben. 27 of winter here are extreme. "With inadequate heating it is im- possible to carry on the necessary work of embedding and cutting with the microtome. Without knowing these facts the account of the equipment of the laboratory might conjure up a view of semi- luxuriance. These men are living under most depressing conditions, and it is only due to a dogged determination to weather the storm that any scientific work is systematically carried on. Lettek from Dk. a. Eckley Lechmere to E. Paulson, F.K.M.S., DATED August 14, 1917. I am very pleased to supply further information as regards the microscopical equipment. When the laboratory started in the spring of 1915, we were fortunate enough to have several micro- scopes at our disposal. These were supplied by people in the Cam^ who had their instruments in Germany, I had been work- ing at plant diseases in Munich with Prof, von Tubeuf, and at the cytology of sex in insects with Dr. Biichner, so I was fortunate in having both instruments and a certain amount of material at hand which Prof, von Tubeuf kindly sent me here. Since then several more instruments have been obtained by other students. We have now an excellent microscopical outfit for general laboratory work. The instruments include the foUowius; items : — One Leitz binocular, two Leitz C, two Leitz GH, two Winkel, one Seibert, and one Nietsch, one Baker Diagnostic, and a set of eight dissecting lenses, two polariscopes, micrometer eye-pieces,, camera lucida and microspectroscope, one Leitz Minot microtome. For sitting accommodation we use a large deep bench, fitted under the windows in the w^all of the loft. The windows them- selves have been much enlarged, and this year w^e have had sky- lights let into the roof. For work in the evenings I have arranged a small transformer to work from the main electric supply, which gives sufficient current to run twenty 4-volt lamps ; at the same time it can supply current for heating a small drying- box for the microtome slides, and is further used for an electric needle for orientation of sections in wax. The general instruction in laboratory work and the preparation of lectures do not leave much time for original work. The only things I have attempted here have been a series of stages in the development of the Orange Scale Insect {Aspiclotas), and a few preparations of a curious mite infesting the earwig. The body of each mite has a long stalk which forms a branchincr meshwork gradually covering the body of the host. I have never seen it before, and do not know the genus. During the months of May and June this year I kept a series of eggs of Limnxa stagnalis. 28 Transactions of iJie Society. Planorhis coi^neus and Valcata piscinalis under observation for the early stages of development. I have a large number of eggs embedded for future cutting, after using pereny and acetic sub- limate as fixing reagents. Towards the end of an egg-laying period in L. stagnalis I frequently found some of the egg-capsules with numerous eggs, up to fifteen in number, instead of the normal single egg. I also managed to hatch out several cases of two ■embryos from one capsule. A curious incident occurred with the aquarium in which there were specimens of P. corneus, and the only specimen of Pahidina rivipara I have been able to find. One night five of these snails, including the Paludina, were dragged out of the aquarium and devoured by a rat. The aquarium is now removed to a safer place for protection from further invasion. Eeport on Biological Activities in Euhleben. Fkom Michael S. Pease, B.A. Cantab., dated August 14, 1917. The first outward sign of biological activity in Euhleben appeared in the spring of 1915, when I)r. A. E. Lechmere started a series of lectures on Elementary Biology. These were held in a disused betting-booth, and attended by half-a-dozen enthusiasts. In the summer, one of the grand-stands was set aside for lectures, and Dr. Lechmere continued his course on the Protozoa, while I contributed a course of twenty lectures on Heredity. At Christmas, 1915, the loft of Barracks 6 became available for educational purposes, and tlie first weeks of the new year saw the conversion of a corner of a somewhat dilapidated hay-loft into a biological laboratory. By the end of January the accommodation for eight microscopes was provided. The necessary glass-ware and reagents were got in from Messrs. Leitz, and practical botany, of a neces- sarily elementary character, was started with twenty-one students. In the following terms regular lecture courses in botany were given by myself, and the corresponding practical work was of a more thorough and extensive nature. The ground covered has been as follows : — Bryophytes and Pteridophytes (Summer, 1916). Gymnosperms (Autumn, 1916). Algai (Lent, 1917). Angiosperms (Summer, 1917). Spirit material was kindly presented to us by Prof. A, C. Seward, Dr. Darbishire, and Prof. Tubeuf. We are indebted to Prof. Engler for a weekly supply of flowers from the Kgl. Botanischer Garten, Dahlem, for the systematic course. A pond within the race-course has been our source of fresh material for Algae and Protozoa. The equipment of the laboratory has been continuously im- Microscopy at Ruhlehcn. 21!^ proved. A cable was laid on to give iis electric current day and night. A transfoiiner was constructed on the premises, and each microscope provided with a 4- volt lamp for work after dark. Several electrically heated incubators were also fitted up, and last Easter permission was obtained to put in sky-lights and to fit up a water-supply. With the possibility of a continuous source of heat, we were able to consider paraffin embedding. Serious difficulty has been encountered in the construction of a satisfactory automatic electric thermostat for the embedding bath. We have recently secured a Hearson's capsule, and an im- proved model of embedding bath is now being made. Neverthe- less, a considerable quantity of material has been satisfactorily embedded, and a beginning is being made with the teclmique of Cytology. Last Christmas a first-class microtome (Minot model by Leitz, cutting to l/x) was purchased, but the rigours of the winter, followed almost instantly by those of a phenomenally hot May and June, has made it impossible to start microtomy until recently. It has been impossible to do practical work in Zoology, but Dr. Lechmere's lectures have continued to draw an enthusiastic band of students. His course so far has covered : — Protozoa (one term). Coelenterata (one term). Vermes (three terms). Echinodermata (one term). And he has just finished the second term of his course on Mollusca. At the same time, he has also started a course on Invertebrate Embryology. Animal physiology has been very exhaustively treated (again only theoretically) by Mr. S. R. Edge, B.A. Cantab. Practical instruction has been given in the testing of agricultural seeds by Mr. A. Hill, B.Sc. Aberdeen, and for this course a large electrically-heated incubator was constructed. This summer new space was alloted to Science, and this was made use of to accommodate a library, shared jointly by the biologists, chemists, and physicists. The library provides seating accommodation for working, and contains over 500 volumes, mostly the property of the science staff, but many also supplied by the Board of Education. At present " Nature " is at once our only periodical and only link with scientific activity outside. 30 III. — -A New Species of Gongrosira. By G.^S. West, M.A. D.Sc. F.L.S. {Read December 19, 1917.) One Plate. In September, 1916, Mr. D. J. ScourField forwarded me a lime- incrusted alga for examination and possible identification. This alga has proved of very great interest, and a detailed investigation of its characters sliows that it belongs to the genus Gongrosira, but that it does not agree with any of the described species. It was found by Mr. D. J. Scourfield and Mr. G-. T. Harris on wood in a stream at Weston Mouth, near Sidmouth, Devonshire, growinof in such a position that it received the full force of the stream, the water falling about two feet on to the incrusted alga. The incrustation was from 4-9 mm. in thickness, somewhat nodular on its upper surface, and of a vivid green colour. Mr. Scourfield kindly provided me with a fine dried specimen of the calcified alga, one fixed in formalin, and a living example in good condition. The genus Gongrosira was established by Kiitzing in 1843,* and belongs to the sub-family Microthamniere of the Cha3tophorace?e, the most important family of branched algse in the Ulotrichales. Fully half the known species of Gongrosira are incrusted with lime, but the alga collected by Mr. Scourfield and Mr. Harris differs in many particulars from those previously described. The following is a diagnosis of the new alga : — Gongrosira scourfieldii sp. n. G. aquatica, in rivulis rapidissimis vigens, stratum efformans vivide viridissimum circa 4-9 mm. crassum, calce valde incrus- tatum; thalli pars inferior e filamentis densis anastomosantibus constans, cellulis tumidulis irregularibusque, pars superior e fila- mentis plus minusve erectis ramulosis, cellulis apicalibus obtusis * Kiitzing, Phycologia generalis,^1843, p. 281. EXPLANATION OF PLATE. Figs. 1-3. — Gongrosira scotirfieldii sp. n, x 500. 1. Part of thallus, showing the nature of the branching. 2 and 3. Parts of '^the erect filaments, showing the intercalary zoogonidangia. a. Cell in which there is no pyrenoid in the chloroplast. b. Cell with two pyrenoids in the chloroplast. zg. Empty zoogonidangia. JOURN. R. MICR. SOC. 1918 G. S. West del. GONGROSIRA SCOU RFI ELDl I. A New Species of Gongrosira. 31 non attenuatis, apicibus filamentorum e crusta calcarea protrusis ; filamentorum erectorum cellulaj ut plurimum omnes ramorum iaitia ostendunt. Cellulne plerumque subcylindricie, longitiidine variabiles, diametro 1-9-plo longiores, omnes chromatophoro parie- tali, pyrenoide singulo (rarissime binis) instructie. Zoogonidangia intercalaria, ore laterali prsedita, e cellulis brevissimis fere semper oriunda. Crass, cell. fil. bas. 12-16 /i; crass, cell. fil. erect. 7 -5-9 '5 /a; crass, zoogonidang. 16-19 /x. Hah. — Ad ^lignum vetustum in rivulis rapidissimum prope Sidmouth, Devon. The thallus of Gongrosira scourfieldii may be roughly divided into an upper part and a lower part, although there is no sharp line of demarcation between these two layers. The lower part of the thallus cannot be described as consisting of procumbent fila- ments, since, although some of them are more or less creeping, they form a loose anastomosis of short irregular branches. Springing from this lower part of the thallus are numerous erect branches which are themselves Ijranched. In fact, almost every cell of an -erect branch exhibits a tendency to branch {vide fig. 1). The erect branches are not attenuated, tlie apical cells being bluntly rounded, and the tips of the branches project beyond the calcareous matrix. The cells vary 'considerably in length, long cells and short cells being indiscriminately mixed in the erect filaments. In the longer cells, which are usually cylindrical and show no trace of incipient branching, the parietal chloroplast is restricted to a part of the cell, either submedian or terminal. Every cell of the thallus contains a single parietal chloroplast with, as a general rule, one conspicuous pyrenoid. Occasionally two pyrenoids are found in the chloroplast {fig. 35), and very rarely there are chloroplasts without any pyrenoids at all (fig. la). There are no empty cells — that is, cells which have died and are in consequence devoid of contents — in any parts of the filaments, either erect or procumbent. The zoogonidangia arise from short cells and are always inter- calary with a rather wide lateral aperture (figs. 2 and 3 zg). There are two other incrusted species of the genus with which {xongrosira scourfieldii should be compared, namely, G. trente- pohliopsis Schmidle * and G. incriistans (Eeinsch) Schmidle.f From the first-named G. scourfieldii is distinguished by its somewhat larger size, its more irregular and on the whole more elongate cells, its different branching, and its intercalary zoogonidangia. From Cr. incrustans it differs in having less crowded erect filaments, which are not parallel and are much more branched, and in the fact that all the cells contain a large parietal chloroplast. * Schmidle in Oesterr. botan. Zeitschrift, 1897, No. 2. t Schmidle in Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 1901, xix. p. 12. 32 SUMMARY OF CUERENT RESEARCHES RELATING TO ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY (principally invertebrata and cryptogamia), MICEOSCOPY, Etc.* ZOOLOGY. VERTEBBATA. fl> Embryolog-y.t Internal Secretions of Gonads.:}: — A, Lipscbiitz refers to the ex- perimental evidence that the internal secretions of the sexual glands of mammals control the development of sex-characters, fe'teinach has shown that the internal secretion of the male gonad furthers the development of only male sex-characters, and inhibits the development of female sex-characters, and that the opposite holds of the internal secretion of the female gonad. By replacing ovary with testis Brandes mascu- linized a doe ; by replacing testis with ovary Goodale feminized a cockerel. Lipscbiitz describes the transformation of the clitoris of a castrated and then masculated guinea-pig into a penis-like organ. The transformation is not due simply to the absence of ovaries, for the structure of the external urogenital organs of a sister of the masculated female, castrated at the same time as the latter, but not masculated, did not differ from the normal. Steinach has suggested that the soma of the organism is non-sexual until after the puberty gland has become differentiated into male or female. This view is supported by the new experiments of Goodale and of Pezard on the hen. The castrated hen assumes the plumage and the spurs of a cock ; the castrated cock keeps his plumage and spurs. It is inferred that the development of the male plumage and spurs does not depend on stimulation by the male sexual gland, whereas the female sexual gland transforms a male-like plumage into a female one, and * The Society are not intended to be denoted by the editorial " we," and they do not hold themselves responsible for the views of the authors of the papers noted, nor for any claim to novelty or otherwise made by them. Tha object of this part of the Journal is to present a summary of the papers as actually pub- lished, and to describe and illustrate Instruments, Apparatus, etc., which are cither new or have not been previously described in this country. t This section includes not only papers relating to Embryology properly so called, but also those dealing with Evolution, Development, Reproduction, and allied subjects. X Journ. Physiology, 11. (1917) pp. 283-6. ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY, MICROSCOPY, ETC. 33 inhibits the growth of the spurs. The male phimage and spurs are on this view regarded as organs which develop out of the characters of the hypothetic non-sexual embryonic form without any influence of the sexual glands. " The male plumage and the spurs become male sex- characters, not because they result from an action of the male sexual gland on the non-sexual soma, but because the development of these non-sexual characters is influenced in the female by the internal secre- tion of the female sexual gland." Generalizing Pezard's suggestion, Lipschutz proposes to divide the sex-characters of Vertebrates into two groups : — (1) Sex-characters not dependent on the puberty glands, but the outcome of the characters of the non-sexual embryonic form ; and (2) sex-characters dependent on the puberty gland, which evokes them by acting on the non-sexual embryonic form, either by furtherance or by inhibition. Development of Auditory Capsule in Man.* — George L. Streeter has studied this in human embryos. The changes in size and form during development are accomplished in part by a progressive and in part by a retrogressive differentiation of the constituent tissues. Through- out the entire period of growth, as far as material was available for study, it was found that the margins of the cartilaginous cavities undergo a process of continual transformation. They exhibit a state of unstable equilibrium, in respect to the opposing tendencies toward a deposit of new cartilage on the one hand, and toward the excavation of the old on the other. The margins are always either advancing or receding, and in this way are produced the progressive alterations in their size, shape, and position. In this manner suitable chambers are provided for the enlarging membranous labyrinth. The general tissue-mass of the otic capsule, during the period re- presented by embryos from i mm. to oO mm. in length, passes through three consecutive histogenetic periods— namely, the stage of mesenchymal syncytium, the stage of pre-cartilage, and the stage of true cartilage. In the subsequent growth of the capsule it is found that in areas where new^ cartilage is being deposited the tissues of the areas concerned follow the same progressive order of development. In areas, however, where cartilage previously laid down is being removed, the process is reversed. The tissue in such areas returns to an earlier embryonic state, that is, it u ndergoes de-differentiation. Tissue that has acquired all the histological characters of true cartilage reverts to pre-cartilage, and then to a mesen- chymal syncytium. In the latter form it re-differentiates into some more specialized tissue — in this case for the most part into a vascular reticulum. The perichondrium is a derivative of the periotic reticulum, and forms an outer limiting membrane along its cartilaginous margin. During the foetal period the perichondrium does not rest directly against the true cartilage, but is separated from it by a zone of transitional tissue con- sisting partly of pre-cartilage and partly of reticulum. "Dislocated" Mice.f—Etienne Rabaud has studied the hereditary relations in a race of mice, arising as a mutation in a normal line, * Amer. Journ. Anat., xxii. (1917) pp. 1-25 (12 figs.). t Bull. Soc. Zool. France, xlii. (1917) pp. 87-97 (1 fig.). March 20th, 1918 D 34 SUMMARY OF CURRENT RESEARCHES RELATING TO which he calls " luxees." The bones of the second sesimenfc of the hind leg are delicate and short ; the femoro-tibial articulation is very loose ; the animal moves on the distal end of the femur; the rest of the limb is turned upwards. These peculiar forms bred true among them- selves, and when crossed with normal forms yield offspring normal and dislocated in the 3 : 1 proportion. In short, the peculiarity is recessive. But after some months it was observed that a pair of dislocated mice gave rise to a normal type. Seventeen normal forms were obtained from eight recessive pairs. These behave as dominants, but besides normal offspring they yielded forms dislocated on only one side. When they were paired with normal forms they behaved as recessives. When paired with bilaterally dislocated forms they showed a relative reces- sivity. When inbred they yield unilaterally dislocated, bilaterally dis- located and normal forms. The author indicates some of the difficulties in using the factor hypothesis in interpreting his observations. He inclines to regard the mutation as a quite novel physico-chemical change in the constitution of gametes, probably induced by some peculiarity in the amphimixis. HaBmopoiesis in Mongoose Embryo.* — H. E. Jordan has studied the development of the blood in the yolk-sac and in intra-embryonic mesenchyme. The mesenchyme is a fundamental htemogenic tissue. It produces (by mechanical differentiation) endothelium and meso- thelium, which retain its differentiative capacity. In early stages both give rise to hsemoblasts. In the young embryo these ha^moblasts differentiate into erythrocytes. The htemoblasts seem to be identifiable with lymphocytes or primitive leucocytes, which are regarded as pro- genitors of granulocytes. If this be so, it follows that the primitive leucocytes appear before the erythrocytes. Such an ontogenetic sequence is in accord with the principle of progressive differentiation and with the phylogenetic history. It will be seen that Jordan strongly supports the monophyletic theory of blood-cell origin. Aortic Cell-clusters in Vertebrate Embryos.f — H. E. Jordan discusses in a variety of cases (embryos of mongoose, turtle, etc.) these endothelial derivatives with hsmogenic significance. They illustrate the inherent capacity of endothelium to produce hsemoblasts. " The explanation of tlie limited distribution of the clusters is to be found in a relationship to young or newly formed, only slightly differentiated, epithelium, rather than in a connexion with regressive blood-vessels and an associated toxic substance." Development of Mammary Glands.:!:— J. A. Myers describes the foetal development of the mammary gland in the female albino rat (litis tiorvegicus albinus). The early development has been previously de- scribed by Henneberg, and the post-natal development by Myers. In f tt'tuses at fifteen days and nine hours the glands are in the club-shaped * Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publication No. 251 (1917) pp. 291-312 (4 pis.). t.Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci., iii. (1917) pp. 149-56. J-Amer. Journ. Anat., xxii. (1917) pp. 195-222 (12 figs.). ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY, MICROSCOPY, ETC. 35 •stage, the epithelial primordium forming an ellipsoidal body attached to the epidermis by a constricted neck. The formation of the primary -duct, the secondary, tertiary, and quaternary ducts, the epithelial hood, and the mammary pit are described. The primordium of the nipple was first observed on the twentieth day as a papilla at the bottom of the mammary pit. The lumina of the ducts were first observed on the eighteenth day ; they do not reach their definitive stage in the foetus. They are apparently formed by re-arrangement of the cells. In the •■earliest stages studied the mesenchymal cells are condensed around the gland primordium ; they subsequently elongate and develop long fibrous processes ; at twenty days and six hours these cells and fibres form the greater part of the gland stroma, which includes (1) the thin mantle layer immediately surrounding the ducts, and (2) the true stroma between the ducts and outside of the mantle layer. The true stroma contains the larger blood-vessels and nerves of the glands. Mammary Glands of Rabbit.* — J. Hammond finds that the de- velopment of the mammary gland of the rabbit during the second half of pregnancy is under the same influence as that which controls the development during the first half — namely, the corpus luteum. Contrary to the generally accepted opinion, the corpus luteum is active during the :second half of pregnancy. The further development of the corpus luteum, which takes place during the latter part of pregnancy, is due to the influence of- the foetus. Hammond's experiments do not uphold the view of Ancel and Bouin that the glandular phase of the mammary gland is due to something entirely different from that which causes the growth-changes, but confirm the views previously expressed by Hammond and Marshall, that milk-secretion in pseudo-pregnancy takes place in correlation with the involution of the corpus luteum. Apparently the secretion of milk results whenever the influence causing the glandular growth (the corpus luteum) is removed or lessened in amount, provided that the initial development has gone far enough. (Estrous Cycle in Guinea-pig.t — Charles R. Stockard and George N. Papanicolaou have shown that a typical oestrous cycle occurs in this much-studied animal, and have followed the histological and physiological •changes. The terminology proposed by Heape is used : — anoestrum, period of rest in the female ; pro-oestrum, the first part of the sexual season ; oestrum, especial period of desire in the female ; metoestrum, the short period when the activity of the generative system subsides, and the normal condition is resumed in case conception did not occur; dioestrum, the short period of rest which in some mammals lasts only a few days. The cycle in the guinea-pig, consisting of the four periods — pro-oestrum, oestrum, metoestrum, and dioestrum — is known as »■ dioestrous cycle. The regular dioestrous cycle repeats itself in non-pregnant females about every sixteen days throughout the entire year. During each * Proc. Roy. Soc, Series B, Ixxxix. (1917) pp. 534-46 (1 pi.). t Amer. Journ. Anat., xxii. (1917) pp. 225-S2 (9 pis. and 1 fig.). D 2 36 SUMMAEY OF CURRENT RESEARCHES RELATING TO cycle typically corresponding changes are occurring in the vagina, the uterus, and the ovary. Each period of sexual activity lasts about twenty- four hours, and is characterized by a vaginal fluid changing in com- position with the several stages. These changes are described in detail. Ovulation seems to occur spontaneously in every heat. During the dioestrum there is very little fluid in the vagina. A marked correlation exists between the cestrous changes in the uterus and the developmental' cycle of the corpora lutea. Tt looks as if the secretion from the corpora lutea exerted a protective influence over the uterus and vagina, while its absence permitted the breaking down and degeneration of the uterine epithelium typical of the heat period, Post-oestrous Changes in Dog.* ^ F. H. A. Marshall and E. T. Hainan have studied the post-oestrous changes occurring in the genera- tive organs and mammary glands of the non-pregnant dog. There is a pronounced post-oestrous development under the influence of the corpora lutea, there being a definite pseudo-pregnant period. Retrogressive changes do not set in with any of these organs until about thirty days after ovulation, and in the case of the mammary glands a somewhat later period. The developmental changes are of a similar kind to those taking place during pregnancy, but do not reach the same degree of development. The entire series of changes is physiologically homo- logous with the series shown by the uterus and mammary glands of the pseudo-pregnant rabbit and marsupial cat. The relatively long persistence of the corpora lutea in the bitcn i& probably correlated with the monoestrous habit. This persistence, which is possibly greater in some individuals than in others, elircidates the not uncommon phenomenon of bitches which have not been impregnated secreting milk at or near the end of the pseudo-pregnant period. The changes which occur in the generative organs and mammary glands after oestrus are now brought into relation with the rest of the oestrous cycle. The complete cycle in the bitch may be summarized in the following scheme : — Pro-cestrum >^ CEstrus Pregnancy ^ \ Pseudo-pregnancy Ancestrum The terms pro-oestrum, oestrus, and ancestrum are used as defined by Heape. The first part of the ancestrum is generally occupied by the nursing or lactation period, but in the case of animals which have experienced pseudo-pregnant conditions the lactation period is usually only very imperfectly represented. The metoestrous period must now be regarded as unrepresented in the bitch. It exists in those animals which do not experience pseudo-pregnancy (e.g. in those rabbits in whick corpora lutea are not formed after oestrus). * Proc. Roy. Soc, Series B, Ixxxix. (1917) pp. 546-59 (3 pis.). ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY, MICROSCOPY, ETC. 37 Effect on Progeny of Fowls after Treatment with Alcohol.* — Raymond Pearl continues his experiments on the effect of alcohol on fowls and their progeny. The parents were treated with ethyl-alcohol, methyl-alcohol and ether. The proportion of fertile eggs was reduced in the matings of dosed parents. The prenatal mortality was reduced ; the postnatal mortality was reduced ; the sex-ratio was not sensibly affected ; there was no significant difference in mean hatching weight when only the male parent was treated ; the oft'spring of alcoholized parents showed a higher mean hatching weight and mean adult weight ; the proportion of abnormal chicks was not affected ; many germ-cells of treated parents did not form zygotes, but those that did were not injured in any way. There is much to be said in support of the hypothesis that alcohol and similar substances act as selective agents upon the germ cells of treated animals. Hereditary Characters and Evolution, f — H. S. Jennings takes a survey of his own observations on Difflugia, and compares his results with those reached by others working with Drosophila, rats, CEnothera and other forms. The general impressions are the following : — " 1. Experimental and observational study reveals that organisms are composed of great numbers of diverse stocks differing heritably by minute degrees. 2. Sufficiently thorough study shows that minute heritable variations— so minute as to represent practically continuous gradations — occur in many organisms ; some reproducing from a single parent, others by biparental reproduction. 3. The same thing is reported from palaeontological studies. 4. On careful examination we find even that the same thing is revealed by such mutationist work as that on Drosophila ; single characters exist in so many grades due to minute alterations in the hereditary constitution as to form a practically •continuous series. 5. It is not established that heritable changes must be sudden large steps ; while these may occur, minute heritable changes are more frequent. 6. It is not established that heritable variations follow a definite course as if predetermined ; they occur in many directions. 7. It is not established that all heritable changes are by ■disintegration ; although many such do occur, they cannot be considered steps in progressive evolution from the visibly less complex to the visibly more complex. Evolution according to the typical Darwinian scheme, through the occurrence of many small variations and their guidance by natural selection, is perfectly consistent with what experi- mental and palseontological studies show us; to me it appears more ■consistent with the data than does any other theory." Study of Free-martin. J— Frank R. Lillie has studied the sterility which is the rule, subject to a few exceptions, in the female of the two-sexed twins of cattle. In such females, commonly known as free- martins, the internal organs of reproduction are usually predominantly male in character, and the external organs are usually, at least, of the female type. There are however considerable variations. The general * Journ. Exper. Zool., xxii. (1917) pp. 241-310 (7 figs.). t Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vii. (1917) pp. 281-301. X Journ. Exper. Zool., xxiii. (1917) pp. 371-452 (29 figs ). 38 SUMMARY OF CUERENT RESEARCHES RELATING TO idea reached is that the sterile free-martin is zygotically a femalev modified by the sex-hormones of the male twin, which circulate in both individuals during the foetal life owing to secondary fusion of the- chorions and anastomosis of the foital circulation of the two individuals. The author argues that the free-martin is zygotically a female. 1. The only basis on which it could be logically interpreted as male is- that it is co-zygotic with its male mate, because it is impossible to suppose that the association of two males in utero should cause the transformation of one of them into a free-martin in a certain definite- proportion of cases. But the free-martin and its male mate arise from separate zygotes. From this point of view the free-martin must be interpreted as zygotically female. 2. The somatic resemblances betweea the free-martin and its mate are not of the order of identical twins, 3. The assumption that the free-martin is male leads to an absolutely incomprehensible sex-ratio, while the interpretation that it is female comes nearer fulfilling the expected sex-ratio. From this point of view also the free-martin is female. The only argument for its male nature rests on the internal organs of reproduction, which are more or less of the male type. But the external genitals and the mammary gland are- almost invariably of the female type. Lillie discusses a large number of cases and gives figures of great excellence. The facts suggest the theory that the course of embryonic differentiation is largely determined by sex-hormones, circulating in the blood. This secondary differentiation must be distinguished from the primary zygotic determination of the male and female sex. The question why the sex-hormones' of the mother do not affect the reproductive system of male offspring shows the need of further investigation. It is unlikely that there is any cessation of production, of sex-hormones during foetal life; it may be that they are neutralized in some way ; more probably, the placenta is impervious to them. The intersexual condition of the free-martin is, on Lillie's theory^ comparable to the intersexual condition in some Gypsy Moths. It is- due, however, to an acceleration or intensification of the male factors of the female zygote by the male hormones. There are many grades of transformation, the ovary approximating towards a testis. Thus, sex in mammals cannot be diagnosed by the character of the gonads alone,, because a testis-bearing individual may develop from a female zygote. The unexpected result is reached that the external genitalia and the mammary gland are more reliable criteria of the female sex than the internal parts. Germ-cells of Loggerhead Turtle."— H. E. Jordan has studied twenty-five embryos of the Loggerhead Turtle {Caretta careita) from the second day (five somites, 2 mm. in length) to the thirty-second day of incubation. He found that the early history of the primordial germ- cells is very similar to that described by Allen for the turtle Chrysemys: and by Woods for the dog-fish. The primordial germ-cells migrate during the second day from the yolk-sac endoderm into the lateral border of the area pellucida on each side of the embryonic disk. By * Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publication No. 251 (1917) pp. 313-44 (6 pis.). ZOOLOOY AND BOTANY, MICROSCOPY, ETC. 39 the beginning of the third day they are sharply segregated into two bilateral cords situated in the endoderm of the area pellucida, laterally, in the caudal half of the disc. In the two-day embryo they extend from the neurenteric canal to the end of the primitive streak ; in the three-day embryo from the sixth somite to the caudal extremity of the streak. The cords become more lineally placed, make a linear connexion with the overlying visceral mesoderm, and their cells migrate during the fifth day into this mesoderm and thence medially (during the sixth and seventh days) towards the root of the forming mesentery of the closing hind-gut. Individual cells migrate medially also within, or back into, the endoderm of the gut. The germ-cells in the medial endoderm become included in the mucosa of the closed hind- gut, those in the mesoderm in the enveloping raesenchyma and the gut- end of the mesentery. From these locations the majority of the germ- cells subsequently (seventh to twelfth day) migrate up the mesentery and across the coelomic angle into the future sex-gland. They become incorporated among the mesenchymal cells of the gland and the covering peritoneal epithelium, where they suffer no striking change in form, size or content, at least up to the thirty-second day of incubation. The germ-cells migrate by amoeboid activity, probably assisted in small part by the factor of unequal growth. The migration period is not sharply limited, but practically ceases by the sixteenth day. A certain number of migrating germ-cells go astray, and most of these probably degenerate in situ, but some may persist to form, under appropriate stimulus, a focus of neoplastic growth. The total number of germ-cells counted in a twelve-day embryo was 352, the number within the gonads being about equally divided (118 left, 127 right). Occasional cells may divide by mitosis or undergo degeneration at any stage. No germ-cells were found contributing to the formation of the Wolffian duct. The germ-cells do not differ from young somatic cells in character of mito- chondrial content. No transition stages between coelomic epithelial cells and germ-cells appear up to the thirty-second day, and no secure histological basis can here be found for separating the germ-cells of the gonads into large " primary genital cells " and smaller " secondary genital cells " (Felix) or " gonocytes " (Dustin). The evidence derived from a study of the Garetta embryos is in complete harmony with the idea of a single uninterrupted line of sex- cells from primordial germ-cells to oogonia and spermatogonia, and with the hypothesis of a vertebrate Keimbahn or continuous germinal path. The fact of fundamental significance with respect to the primordial germ-cells is their original extra-regional distribution, and their genetic independence of the soma-cells, b. Histology. Differentiation of Cells in the Developing Organism.* — Vera Dancharoff discusses the problem whether the relations of differently organized tissue which work together in symbiosis are definitely deter- mined by their constitutional specificity, or whether there exist in the * Amer. Nat., li. (1917) pp. 419-2S. 40 SUMMARY OF CURRENT RESEARCHES RELATING TO organism plastic factors which from a homogeneous cell material may mould differently organized products. On the basis of descriptive histogenetic studies it seems plausible to admit that environment can modify isolated cells ; that the metabolic processes of the cells are the resultant of their physico-chemical constitution plus physico-chemical conditions of the environment (including hormones, enzymes, and so forth), and do not depend exclusively upon their physico-chemical constitution ; that different substances arise in the cell-body (haemo- globin, various specific granules) in polyvalent cells as the result of changes, determined by differences in the environment. Behaviour of Explanted Striped Muscle in Cultures.* — Warren H. Lewis and Margaret R. Lewis have experimented with muscle frag- ments explanted from a chick embryo and placed in tissue cultures like Locke's solution. The muscle-buds show de-differentiation or return to a more embryonic condition. The de-differentiation never proceeds to an indifferent stage. The initial stages in regeneration of muscle in mammals and amphibians are much like those observed in these culture- experiments. In both there is (1) a formation of young myoblasts, a return to a more embryonic condition ; (2) the formation of proto- plasmic buds which grow out from the ends of the old fibres. Such buds contain many nuclei and lack cross-striations. Their formation is inherent in the muscle-fibre itself, and becomes manifested when; the fibre is cut across or injured. Although the initial stages are much the same in cultures and in ordinary regeneration, it is not to be expected that even after prolonged cultivation m vitro there will be a re-differen- tiation of the muscle-buds. This requires more complex developmental conditions. It is interesting that anastomosis of muscle-buds may occur in cultures. Thymus-like Structures in Larval Lamprey.t — Ivan E. Wallin finds that the lymphocyte accumulations, or placodes, in the lateral branchial wall of the larval lamprey do not represent primitive thymus primordia. Similar formations are present in other parts of the pharyngeal epithelium. An important component of the thymus of higher animals is a reticulum ; there is no indisputable evidence of a reticulum in the placodes. They are apparently patches of degenerating epithelium. The branchial " epithelium " does not represent a pure endodermic . epithelium. This " epithelium " devotes hsemopoetic properties in the advanced larva. " Epithelium " from the gill arches invades the ciliated epithelium of the epipharyngeal ridge and produces placodes. These placodes have a relationship to the gill arches and gill pouches which make them homologous with the thymus placodes of Elasmo- branchs and are to be considered primitive thymus structures. The lymphocyte-like cells which originate in the primitive thymus placodes differ in structural characters, and in mode of origin from the lympho- cytes which are formed in the gill arches and lamellae. ♦ Amer. Journ. Anat., xxii. (1917) pp. 169-94 (14 figs.). t Amer. Journ. Anat., xxii. (1917) pp. 127-67 (4 pis. and 3 figs.). ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY, MICROSCOPY, ETC, 41 Chicken Bone-marrow in Plasma Medium.* — Rhoda Erdmann describes a first period (first to third day) of a somewhat regressive character — inchiding the degeneration of the erythrocytes and the nearly full-grown erythroblasts, the ripening of the granulocytes im- planted with the bone-marrow into the tissue culture, the decay of the bone-marrow into a network. In the second period (third day to death of culture) there is an adaptation of surviving cells to the conditions of the medium. The surviving cells are modified fat cells and newly formed wanderins- celia of the mesenchyme-like type. After fourteen days' cultivation, they are, except elongated connective tissue cells, the only living cells. They belong to the conneciive tissue cell type, and may, when the medium is renewed, grow indefinitely. Osseous Regeneration in the Adult. f — Heitz-Boyer and Scheike- vitsch maintain that ossification in adult man, effecting regeneration, is always a pathological process, inflammatory from beginning to end. It is not a re-awakening of the latent powers of the periosteum. The primum movens of the ossification of the periosteum in an adult is always accidental, and originates in a bone afl'ected by osteitis. The periosteum offers an eminently favourable soil, but it has no generative action. This belongs exclusively to the bone. Epithelial Reversions in Human Thymus, ij: — A. P. Dustin has studied the intrathymic epithelial formations which occur in varying degrees in the thymus. They are due to reversionary involution of the primary cells of the thymus. They may last a long time, but they do not give rise to any other structure. Structure of Optic Nerve. §— Nicola Alberta Barbieri describes the optic nerve in various types. In fishes it has two forms, cylindrical and laminar. In Gadidse, Muranidte, and cartiUiginous fishes it is cylin- drical ; in the others it is laminar. A deep groove (also seen in Ruminants) marks the end of the cyliudrical optic nerve ; it is absent in the laminar optic nerve. In Labrax lupus the optic nerves form a plaited membrane. In birds the optic nerve is laminar in diurnal birds of prey and web-footed birds ; it is cylindrical in nocturnal birds of prey and other birds. Barbieri contrasts the Vertebrate optic nerve with what occurs in Cephalopods, where very short optic nerves lead into large optic ganglia, surrounded by a capsule, and are not continued into the retina. Intercalated Discs in Heart-muscle of Ox.|| — H. E. Jordan and J. B. Banks have made a careful study of the intercalated discs in heart-muscle, which have been interpreted as (1) intercellular cement substance ; (2) regions of muscle-growth or differentiating sarcomeres ; « Amer. Journ. Anat.,xxii. (1917) pp. 73-126 (9 pis. and 2 flgs.). t Comptes Rendu?, clxv. (1917) pp. 518-20. J Arch. Zool. Exp^r., Ivi. (1917) Notes et Revue, No. 4, pp. 73-87 (7 figs.). § Comptes Rendus, clxv. (1917) pp. 677-80. Jl Amer. Journ. Anat., xxii. (1917) pp. 285-339 (4 pis.). 42 SUMMARY OF CURRENT RESEARCHES RELATING TO (3) of the nature of tendons ; (4) and local modifications of the myo- fibrils, of the nature of -irreversible contraction phenomena following- unusual functional conditions or stresses, i.e. in essence, irreversible con- traction bands (Jordan and Steele). Another view, allied to the inter- pretation of the discs as tendinous, is Dietrich's co-ordination mechanism theory. The authors adhere to the interpretation of the discs as secondary modifications of the myofibrils at certain areas characterized by unusual functional conditions, probably excessive stresses. These involve an inability on the part of the contraction bands to revert to the relaxed condition. The myofibrils are subsequently modified chemicalJT and mechanically. IMuch histological and embryological evidence is submitted. c. General. Effect of Alcohol on White Mice.* — L. B. Nice found in a previous series of experiments that white mice were not markedly affected when given alcohol in their food. But Stockard has brought forward some striking and conclusive results demonstrating that guinea-pigs are very sensitive to fumes of alcohol and are decidedly injured by it. Nice,. therefore, subjected mice to fumes of alcohol every day of the week,, except Sunday, keeping them breathing the fumes until they became intoxicated. This took about an hour at first ; after a month a certain tolerance had been acquired, for it took about two hours. The results of the inhalation method were much the same as those of the feeding experiments. The mice were not much the worse of the treatment. The fecundity of the alcohol mice was greater than that of the control mice. Six p.c. of the young of the male alcohol line, 6"S p.c. of the double alcohol line, 9'8 p.c. of the female alcohol line, and 4 p.c. of the second generation alcohol line died from lowered vitality, while none of the control young died. Similar results were obtained in the previous feeding experiments, except that the alcohol line had a higher death-rate — ll'l p.c. in the first generation, and 12-5 p.c. in the second generation. The growth of the young of all the alcohol lines exceeded that of the controls, as in the former feeding experiments. The young of the second generation alcohol line outgrew all the others. There were no abortions, no stillbirths, and no monsters obtained either in the inhalation or in the feeding experiments. A comparison with Stockard's experiments on guinea-pigs shows- the danger of drawing far-reaching conclusions from data obtained on a single species. It is well known in other connexions that mice are very resistant in comparison with guinea-pigs. Mice are immune to the toxin of the tetanus bacillus, and it is not surprising that they have a considerable degree of resistance to the effects of alcohol. 'Auditory Ossicles of Aplodontia.t — T. D. A. Cockerell has studied the ear-ossicles in this genus, the only representative in the modem fauna of an ancient series of Sciuromorph rodents which, in one of it& * Amer. Nat., li. (1917) pp. 596-607. t Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., xxxv. (1916) pp. 531-2 (3 figs.). ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY, MICROSCOPY, ETC. 43 families, dates back as far as the \Yasatch Eocene. It seemed probable that the ear-ossicles, hitherto nndescribed, would throw interesting light on the relationships of the genus. It was found that the incus and stapes, while possessing marked characters, are not fundamentally different from those of the Sciurida^. The malleus, on the other hand, possesses the lamina and processus cephalicus so characteristic of the Myomorpha, but, lacks the orbicular apophysis. The presence of tbe cephalic process and lamina fits in with the view that Aplodontia, in spite of some obvious specializations, is probably the most primitive living Sciuromorph. Atrophy of Right Superior Vena cava on Sheep.* — Louis Calvet calls attention to a case of the complete obliteration of the right superior vena cava. A similar abnormality has been recorded in man. The variation recorded is the only one which Calvet observed in about 3,000 hearts supplied to his students for dissection, but he notes that in many cases they were supplied with the vessels a good deal cut. Role of Tins in Teleosts with Swim-bladder.f — L. Boutan ha& experimented with Mugil capito, Lahrus bergylta, and Carassius auratus, and finds that the fins (paired and unpaired) are not indispensable for securing equilibrium. Even in fishes, with the centre of gravity very high, and equilibrium in the normal position very unstable, balance is- maintained by movements at the end of the trunk or of the opercula. Poison of MuraBna.l — W. Kopaczewski finds that a dose of 1-5 milli- grammes of the poison of Mureena helena is fatal to a guinea-pig ; that violent shocks are produced, but death is never instantaneous ; that the poison is very stable in heat, retaining its virulence after 15 minutes' warming at 75° C. ; that boiling destroys the toxicity ; that the strong hemolytic power is conserved even after heating at 75° C. Serum of Mursena.§ — "W. Kopaczewski finds that when the toxic serum of this eel {Mursena helena) has been rendered inactive, by exposure to physical influences (such as heat, ultra-violet rays, and prolonged preservation), there are profound changes in its ultra- microscopic structure. The micellfe, separate from one another and exhibiting a lively Brownian movement, form united groups and lose their movement. By artificial alterations in the surface tension of the serum subjected to the influence of destructive physical agents it is possible to facilitate or retard the appearance of micellar agglomerations,, and ipso facto facilitate or retard the disappearance of the toxicity. Toxicity of Serum of MuraBna.]] — W. Kopaczewski finds that the serum of this fish lowers the surface tension of the serum of animals, * Bull. Soc. Zool. France, xli. (1917) pp. 81-5 (2 figs.), t Comptes Eendus, clxv. (1917) pp. 801-3. i Comptes Rendus. clxv. (1917) pp. 513-5. § Comptes Rendus, clxv. (1917) pp. 725-7. 11 Comptes Rendus, clxv. (1917) pp. 803-6. 44 SUMMARY OF CIJKRENT RESEARCHES RELATING TO into which it is injected. The serum of dogfish, skate, and torpedo is also toxic for gainea-pigs, but not so markedly as that of Murxna, which is extraorilinary. The toxicity of the serum of Mursena is not due to the presence of the poison as such, for the serum loses its toxicity almost entirely at 65°, while the poison resists this. The toxicity is supposed to reside in a molecular structure, sui generis, such that injection into another blood induces a break-down of molecular equilibrium, marked by the appearance of micellar agglomerations and a lowering of the surface tension of the serum of the poisoned animal. It must be understood that, while the toxicity depends on something besides the poison, it is exaggerated by the poison. Evolution of Salmonidse.* — Louis Roule admits that the distant ancestors of Salmonidge may have been marine fishes, but argues that Salmon (Salmo salar) and Sea-trout (Salmo trutta) are fresh-water forms which have taken secondarily and partially to the sea where they have a growing period. They are not to be thought of as marine species which have become adapted to fresh-water conditions. History of Faunas and its Relation to Sex.f— Edmond Perrier accepts the theory that fresh-waters are peopled from the sea, but calls attention to the frequent return to marine life, e.g. in reptiles. Passage from the sea to fresh-water tends to be followed by disappearance of males, and the assumption of hermaphroditism (usually protandrous) on the part of the females, e.g. in Oligoch^eta, Hirudinea, Limnaiidge. Maleness is always dangerous ; in fresh-water conditions it may be fatal. The disappearance or reduction of males in Tunicates and Cirripedes is noted. Nematodes show all transitions — separate sexes, useless males, hermaphroditism, and parthenogenesis. It is probable that the hermaphrodite marine Opisthobranchs are derived from Pulmonates which in turn were derived from Prosobranchs which left the sea for the fi'esh-waters. From Opisthobranchs returning, via the littoral zone, to open sea life, the likewise hermaphrodite Pteropods are derived. Measurements of Degrees of Kinship.^ — Raymond Pearl adds to his previous studies of inbreeding a re-definition of the fundamental concepts involved. On the basis of these definitions he proposes a new and more accurate method of measuring, and expressing numerically, the degree of kinship between any two individuals whatsoever whose pedigrees are known. A new constant, the partial inbreeding index, is described. Its purpose is to indicate numerically the part of the total inbreeding exhibited in the pedigree of any individual which is due to relationship between the sire and the dam of that individual. * Comptes Rendus, clxv. (1917) pp. 721-3. t Comptes Rendus, clxv. (1917) pp. 74S-51. : Amer. Nat., li. (1917) pp. 545-59. ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY, MICROSCOPY, ETC. 45 INVERTEBRATA. MoUusca. y. Gastropoda. Experiments with Physa gyrina." — Elizabeth Lockwood Thompson; has thoufjjht out a modification of Pavlov's method of testing the power of association-forming. When the snail, gliding under the surface film with foot and mouth up, is touched close to the mouth with a particle of food, there follows a repeated opening and closing of the mouth. This food-stimulus was synchronously associated with pressing on the foot with a clean glass rod. After 60-110 trials, the snails gave the mouth response when there was synchronous application of the two kinds of stimuli. After forty-eight hours' rest the snails thus "trained" were tried with the foot-pressure stimulus only, and responded with the mouth reaction. The association had been established. It persists for a maximum of 91! hours, and then suddenly ceases. An interesting waning of response in some of the series of trials was indicated by a reduction in the number of mouth movements. This indicated that the snails were becoming adapted to the stimulus which is not followed by its wonted reward. Interesting experiments with a very simple labyrinth anchored to the foot of the tank showed that the snails have no power of learning how to deal with it, how to take the right path leading to air instead of the wrong path which led to no^ reward, but sometimes to the punishment of an electric shock. The most that they learned was to associate the warning stimulus of an irritating hair with the ensuing punishment of a shock, for 15 p.c. out of a total of 930 trials showed a turning from the wrong to the right path when the warning stimukis of the hair operated. But "selective '^ ability was a-wanting. Philippine Species of Amphidromus.f — Paul Bartsch has made a study of the Philippine species of this genus of land snails, which presents some interesting zoo-geographic problems. Thus some of the groups — e.g. A. qiiadrasi — show a northward migration from Borneo into the Philippine Archipelago. The group A. maculiferus divides up into a series of geographic races, " beautifully accounted for by the separate habitats which they occupy." Arthropoda. Arthropods from Burmese Amber. | — T. D. A. Cockerel! describes from a single large piece of amber— a Millipede, Polyxeinis burmitkus sp. n.; an Acarine, Ckeyletus biirmiticus sp. n.; a Dipteron, Winnertziola burmitica sp. n. ; a beetle, Dermestes larvalis sp. n. ; and two Hymenop- tera, Scleroderma (?) quadridentatum sp. n. and Apenesia ehctriphila sp. n. The amber was found in clay of Miocene age, but was derived from elsewhere, and may be much older. * Behaviour Monographs, Cambridge, Mass., ill, No. 3 (1917) pp. 1-89 (8 pis. and 12 tables). t U.S. Nat. Museum, Bull. No. 100 (1917) pp. 1-47 (22 pis.). I Psyche, xxiv. (1917) pp. 40-5 (6 figs.). 46 SUMMARY OF CURRENT RESEARCHES RELATING TO Arthropods in Burmese Amber.* — T. D. A. Cockerell reports on some Arthropods in amber found in Miocene clay, but perhaps much older, conceivably Upper Cretaceous. The collection includes Electro- hismm acutum g. et sp. n., a Pseudoscorpion ; a new Lepismatid ; two new Hemiptera ; Electroffjcnus gracilipes g. et. sp. n., a Hymenopteron, appearing to connect the Foeninae with the Aulacinae ; BethyliteUa cyllndrella g. et sp. n., in the family Bethylidas, related to Mesitius ; Burmitempls halteralis g. et sp. n., a Dipteron with enormous halteres, apparently nearest to Microsania in the family Empididte ; and a small Impid beetle, CryphaUtei rugosissimus g. et sp. n. a. Insecta. Recognition among Insects. f — N. E. Mclndoo finds evidence that among bees there is a particular queen-odour, drone- odour, family- odour, hive-odour, and even individual odour among the workers. The hive-odour is supposed to be composite odour, due to the workers chiefly, but supplemented by odours from queens, drones, combs, frames. It is different if the queen be absent. It is carried among the hairs. It serves for recognition. Thus worker-bees returning from the field pass the guards unmolested, though their hive-odour is fainter than when they left, and is also masked in some measure by what they carry. Bees kept in the open air for three days lose the hive-odour, but retain their individual odour. The queen's odour lasts in the hive for some time after she has left. The social life is dependent on the hive-odour and the queen-odour. As to the scent-producing structures, there are glandular cells in the epidermis. (1) There may be no special device for disseminating the odour or storing the secretion ; (2) the gland-cells may be associated with hairs and scales which help to scatter the odour more effectively ; (3) there may be " evaginable " sacs lined with hairs connected with gland-cells, thus f-ecuring both storage and distribution ; (4) there may be articular membranes serving as pouches for storing and preventing a too rapid evaporation of the secretion ; and (5) there may be specialized tubes and sacs acting as reservoirs for storing and discharging the secretion. There are thus five types of arrangement. The scent- producing organ of the honey-bee belongs to the fourth type, and is one of the most highly developed organs of its kind. It is a pouch of articular membrane between the fifth and sixth abdominal terga. Gland- cells Ijelow the membrane secrete a volatile substance. Paralyzing Habits of some Hymenoptera. % — Etienne Rabaud refers to the current opinion that the poison of those Hymenoptera that stab their victims has only a local action, or, at least, that it diffuses very slowly. Thus it is that the insect has to sting the ganglia, and that with great precision. Marchal pointed out in 1887 that statements as to the precision of the stinging should not be accepted without some * Amer. Journ. Sci., xliv. (1917) pp. 360-8 (8 figs.). + Smithsonian Misc. Collections, Ixviii. (1917) pp. 1-78. t Comptes Rendus, clxv. (1917) pp. 680-3. ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY, MICROSCOPY, ETC. 47 reserve. Rabaud has made some experiments. He put into a narrow tube a Pompilid, Priocnemis variabilis Rossi, and a spider, Mimmena vatia Clerck. The Hymenopteron did not sting. It seemed that the sting could not perforate the abdominal cuticle, for when a smaller spider was supplied, one stab proved sufficient to produce paralysis. In some cases a large spider was dealt with effectively by stinging at a weak spot near the anus or the spinnerets. The paralysis followed .almost instantaneously, although the place of stinging was at some distance froui the nerve centres. Six species of Pompiiids and nineteen species of spiders were tried. The Hymenopteron poison, in the case of spiders at least, diffuses very rapidly. So it is not necessary to sting the ganglia. Indeed the ganglia in spiders are Well protected. The Hymen- •opteron does not seek for places corresponding to ganglia, but for places which are weak spots. Some paralysed spiders lived for eight days. The distinction between dead provender and paralysed provender is not very important. Some victims are vulnerable all over, some have but few' vreak points. There seems to be no seeking for a particular spot, but rather for any vulnerable spot. The position of th,:; ganglia is of sscondary imporiance. Cytoplasmic Bodies in Germ-cells of Lepidoptera.* — A. Bronte Gatenby has made a careful study of the cytoplasmic inclusions in the germ-cells of Lepidoptera, e.g. Smerinthns populi, Pieris brassicae and Ori/i/ia antiqua. A little body, the micromitosome, apparently quite -different from chromatin, has been followed from the spermatocyte back into the secondary spermatogonium. It is very probably present in the primordial germ-cell. It has been definitely found in the female. It seems to divide in all divisions, and it appears to be a constant factor in the spermatids of Smerinthus. It is shown tliat in early stages the cytoplasmic bodies of the female resemble those of the male. There is a definite period, judged to be .about the beginning of the growth stage, when the subsequent fate ■of the mitochondria in the male becomes different from that in the female. The remarkable formation of chromophobe and chromophile zones in the male mitochondrial body is described, and the author discusses the use of these zones. The formation of the macromitosome (middle piece of the sperma- tozoon) from the mitochondria is described. The acrosome of the spermatozoon is formed from several acroblasts, which are traced back to the early growth period of the spermatocyte. The centrosome has been shown to divide in the young spermatid, and one centrosome is probably lost, but definite evidence is not forthcoming. Silkworms in Madagascar.! — Fauchere finds that the races of Serii'aria mori introduced from the South of Europe to the centre of Madagascar were originally " monovoltine," i.e. with one generation in the year, and that after about two years they were "polyvoltints," with six generations in the year. Their cocoons were not inferior to those * Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., Ixii. (1917) pp. 407-63 (3 pis. and 5 figs.), t Comptes Rendus, clxv. (1917) pp. 676-7. 48 SUMMARY OF CUERENT RESEARCHES RELATING TO of monovoitines. The eggs of monovoltines must hibernate if they are to hatch out regularly ; those acclimatized in Madagascar hatch out very regularly twelve to thirteen days after being laid, without any exposure to cold, which is indeed injurious. The author describes a method of dealing with the pairing methods and the eggs Avhich seems to lessen the risk of pebrine. There is an indigenous silk-moth, Borocera madagascariensis, which produces a coarse silk, and has quite different habits. Variations in Silkworms.*— A. Lecaillon has inquired into the characters of "bivoltine" variations which crop up accidentally in normal races of Bombyx mori. In three sets of eggs showing " bivol- tinism," there was so little yellow colouring matter that the eggs seemed almost w'hite. There is some chemical peculiarity in the vitellus distinguishing them from normal " univoltines." Daring embryonic development, the colour-changes in the bivoltine eggs were quite different from the usual succcosion, which is yellow, rose, reddish, dark red, greyish, slatey-grey. Four days after laying a few of the pale bivoltine eggs showed a faint rose ; on the fifth day a go.od many were of this colour ; on the sixth day most of them had still their original coloration. Past experience in reoring accidental bivoltine variations has been very unsuccessful. They seemed to have little vitality or resisting power. But Lecaillon has not confirmed this. He found them easy enough to rear, and the mortality from disease was not greater than usual. There was nothing peculiar in chrysalis or moth, in the pairing or in the number of eggs laid. Parthenogenesis in Silk-Moths. f — A. Lecaillon finds that diverse races or varieties of Bombyx differ in their liability to parthenogenetic development. In some cases the parthenogenetic changes in the 'ig^ may stop at a very early stage ; in others they result in a vigorous larva. Actual cases are cited. Parthenogenesis in Otiorhynchus sulcatus.| — J. Feytaud finds that this formidable vine-beetle is in general parther.ogejietic. Among^ 3000 he found no males ; he has never seen a male. Each female produces about 150 eggs. Parthenogenesis is known to be the rule in the allied species 0. tuna, 0. cribricollis, 0. Ugustki. Study of Myelophilus minor. § — Walter Ritchie gives an account of the structure and habits of this beetle, rare in Britain, which attacks pine plantations. It is contrasted in detail with the well-known M. piniperda. The slight differences between the sexes of M. minor are indicated. The brood galleries of M. minor are very characteristic, and it is quite easy to distinguish them clearly from those of M. pini- perda. The specificity of habit is very interesting. The reproductive * Comptes Rendus, clxv. (1917) pp. 683-5. t Comptes Rendus, clxv. (1917) pp. 799-801. t Comptes Rendus, clxv. (1917) pp. 767-9. § Trans. R. Sec. Edinburgh, lii. (1917) pp. 223-3i (2 pis.). ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY, MIGKOSCOPY, ETC. 49 organs of both sexes are described, and the life-history and the natural •enemies are dealt with. The adult beetles, after the laying of the eggs from which the first brood will develop, leave the parent galleries and return to the young pine-shoots at the top of the tree with their r.^pro- ductive organs in an exhausted state. On a nutritious diet the organs are restored, and a second egg-laying may follow in a new-made mother- gallery. If the beetles, the parents of the first brood, recuperate in itime, then from their second laying it is possible that a second issue of adults may take place in a calendar year. Fertilization in Gnat.* — Monica Taylor notes that the egg-rafts of €ulex pipiens are laid most copiously between 10.30 p.m. and 12.0 p.m. They are also laid between 4.0 a.m. and 6.0 a.m. The process of fertilization is normal. Segmentation begins in less than an hour -after the deposition of the last egg. The chromosome number in the segmenting nuclei is six. A tendency to parasyndesis (side-to-side pairing of homologous chromosomes) is exhibited by the segmenting nuclei. " Parasyndesis probably effects the condition of the chromo- somes in the nuclei of larva, pupa and imago, i.e. is responsible for the presence of the apparently ' haploid ' character of the nuclei in the somatic cells." Sugar-cane Leaf-hopper.f — C. S. Misra has made an admirable detailed study of Pyrilla aberrans Kirby, which attacks the sugar-cane, both as a nymph and as an adult. It belongs to the family Fulgoridae, sub-family Lophopinag. Descriptions are given of the eggs, the hatch- ing, the five instars of the nymph, the last moult, and the adult. Account is taken of the few predatory enemies, e.g. occasional ants and dragon- flies, and of the parasitic Chalcididas, Dryinidse, and Stylopidje. Much attention is given to practical questions. The memoir is very well illustrated. Bibliography of Human Lice.J— Gr. H. F. Nuttall has compiled a very useful annotated bibliography of the zoological and medical publi- cations relating to the two species of lice {Pedmilus liumanus Linn., 1758, and Fhthirus pubis Leach, 1815) infesting man, the part they play in pathology, the prophylactic measures and means of destruction employed against them, their structure, functions, habits, and inter- relations. The bibhography enumerates 639 publications, of which 404 have been consulted in the original, 81 in the form of abstracts or quota- tions by other authors, whilst 154 are cited by title only, being either inaccessible or still to be consulted. Lice and Disease. § — G. H. F. Nuttall gives a critical summary of the evidence which shows that Pediculus hummius {corporis and capitis) is the carrier of typhus and relapsing fever. Infection with the typhus ♦ Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., Ixii. (1917) pp. 287-301 (1 pi. and 1 fig.). + Mem. Depart. Agric. India, v. (1917) pp. 73-133 (6 pis. and 17 figs.). t Parasitology, x. (1917) pp. 1-42. § Parasitology, x. (1917) pp. 43-79. Mcirch Wth, 19J8 E 50 SUMMAEY OF CURKENT RESEARCHES RELATING TO virus occurs tlirough the bite of infective lice, or through such lice bein^ crushed upon the skin when it is scratched. liice remain infective for at least eleven days. Lice are invariably present in connexion with typhus outbreaks. The destruction of lice upon a typhus patient renders- him innocuous. The prophylaxis of typhus consists in louse destruction. Bed-bugs and fleas do not convey the disease. Epidemiological evidence, as in the case of typhus, points to relapsing fever being louse-transmitted. The microbe {Spiroch'deta recur rentis} passes from parent louse to its offspring. As Nicolle and others have shown, lice do not convey relapsing fever by their bites. Infection occurs through the lice being crushed on the skin, or infective material may be carried on the fingers to nose or eye. The spirochaHecan invade the system through intact mucous membranes. The author discusses miscellaneous infective diseases which lice may spread, and the primary effects of biting. The secretion of the salivary glands has some degree of toxicity. The secretions of the two sets of salivary glands contain^ Nuttall found, a substance which retards the coagulation of the blood. Biology of Lice.*— G. H. F. Nuttall has gathered together the observations which have been made on the life and "habits of Pedmilus humanus, adding here and there his own. The species is restricted to man, its nearest relative occurring on monkeys. It lives solely on blood, for sucking which the mouth-parts are adapted. After the nit or egg-stage, there are three larval stages and the adult ; from the first larval stage to the adult there are three moults. The single sharp claw on each leg is suited for progression on hair. Body- lice {P. corporis, P. vestmenii) and head-lice (P. capitis) are at most merely racial forms of Pediculus humanus Linnaeus. The distribution appears to be world-wide, but there is some dearth of precise data. In modern times lousiness is largely confined to the poorer classes and to soldiers in the field. It seems that capitis occurs more fre- quently on females than on males, and that the reverse holds to a certain extent for corporis ; there is a greater prevalence of capitis in children and old people. There may be over 10,000 lice of corporis about one person and over 1,000 of adult and larval capitis ; there appears to be an increase in winter and a decrease in summer. Man becomes infested by contact with verminous healthy people ; by contact with infected sick, dying, and dead ; by contact with infested clothing, bedding, brushes ; and by stray lice. Lice may be casually carried by wind and by flies. The rate of locomotion varies with temperature, illumination, and the nature of the surface. Nuttall observed on sateen a rate of 1 metre in 2 minutes 43 seconds ; on hair 20 cm. in 1 minute 24 seconds to 3 minutes 10 seconds, or more. Lice can cover in a few minutes a distance equal to the length of a man's body. The second part of NuttalFs paper gives an account of the methods of raising lice experimentally — notably the felt-cell method and the wristlet method — and some other practical points. With a questionable * Parasitology, x, (1917) pp. 80-185 (2 pis. and 12 figs,). ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY, MICROSCOPY, ETC. 51 exception of rearing on pigs, there is no record of successful raising of PecUculus humanus except on man. There is notable variation in the proportion of the sexes in the offspring of different parents. There are broods in which one sex pre- dominates. Oviposition lasts 17 seconds at most. The female walks backwards along a hair, which glides within the fork formed by the posterior lobes of the last abdominal segment. The gonopods are flexed away from the body and against the hair, gripping it ; a minute drop of hyaline fluid is exuded ; the egg is liberated and cemented ; the female releases her grip with the gonopods and moves forwards. Full details are given. A female in optimum natural conditions may lay 9 to 12 eggs a day, 275 to 300 in all. There is, especially in corporis, a marked tendency to oviposit where eggs have been previously laid. Unferti- lized eggs may be laid, but they do not develop. The eggs of corporis do not hatch at 22" C, or below ; the development is about 16 days at 25° C, 5 to 6 days about 36^-37''; they die without hatching at 40°-45° C. The eggs of capitis on the wrist at 32°-35°C. hatched in about 7 days. An account is given of the obvious changes within the egg, the emergence of the larva, and the moults. The development from egg to egg may be passed through in about 17 days— 7 in the egg, 4 in the first larval stage, 3 in the second, 2 in the third, and 1 day before ovi- position. A lemale may have 1918 descendants during her lifetime, and the offspring of her daughters, during their hfetime, would number "■ 112,778 — 48 days after the original female began ovipositing. A female may live up to 30 days at 28° C, if fed once daily; 45 days, if fed twice and kept at 24° by day and 34° by night ; witli more feeding a male may live 32 days and a female 46. AVhen kept continuously on the wrist, a male may live 23 days, a female 22 days. Descriptions are given of the mode of feeding, the gorging when very hungry, the reactions to various stimuli, the " sham death," and many other interesting details of behaviour. Notes on Lice.* — F. M. Howlett found in India that specimens of Pediculus capitis bred on the body showed in the second generation a modification of chitinization and colour in the direction of P. corporis. Previous experiments with an unidentified species of Culex showed that a warm surface stimulated the female to bite. The proximity of a hot body (e.g. a warmed comb) stimulated rapid and excited movement in Pediculus and Phthirus, which made for the warm surface. Philippine Derbidse.f — Frederick Muir reports on large collections of these delicate little insects (Rhynchota), and brings the Philippine list up to ninety-eight species in thirty-nine genera. Many of the species have been erected on characters of the male genitalia, e.g. the form of the pygophor, anal segment, and genital styles. The eggs of Derbidaj have never been described, and the author has failed to find them. * Parasitology, x. (1917) pp. 186-8. t Philippine Journ. Sci., xii. (1917) pp. 4C-10i (1 pi. and 4 figs). E 2 52 SUMMARY OF CURRENT RESEARCHES RELATING TO Convergence among Ectoparasitic Insects.* — N. C. Rothschild discusses the repeated occurrence in different orders of similar structural details. There may be convergence in reduction of mouth-parts, in reduction of wmgs, in reduction of eyes, and so on. The degree of parasitism in adult epizoic insects seems to be of less importance in con- nexion with the reduction of eye than the absence of liyht. Many similarities are found in the adaptations which enable the parasite to hold on to its host, or to move about on it with safety. Many epizoic insects " glide through the fur of the host as quickly as a seal travels through water or a corncrake through grass." " The medium in which a species exists exercises a most powerful influence on its evolution." Abdominal Extremity in Orthoptera.f — L. Chopard has made a study of the various structures at the end of the abdomen in Ortboptera. (1) The term suranal plate should be applied to the last tergite in Blattidae, Mantid®, and adult Locustidas. The eleventh tergite of other Orthoptera should be called the superior anal valve. (2) There are two inferior anal valves, which, in some cases at least, are due to fusion of the tenth and eleventh sternites. (3) The "subgenital plate" is of heterogeneous nature, differing in different types. (4) The " oviscapt " with sis or four valves is found in all female Orthoptera except Cur- tillinas. Its superior valves are homologous with the lobes of the male subgenital plate. Longevity of Males of Carausius morosis.| — G. Foucher obtained two males among the numerous offspring which he reared from this parthenogenetic Orthopteron. The male is 60 mm. in length as con- trasted with 80 mm. for the female. It was very delicate and agile. Its pairing with the female was observed. One lived for seven months iind three days, a long time for a male Orthopteron. There is some indication that starving the parthenogenetic females induces the appear- ance of males, but more data are required. Intersexual Forms of Gypsy-Moth. §— Richard Goldschmidt con- tinues his study of the Gypsy-Moth {Lymantria dispar) as regards intersexuality. Each sex contains the factors of both sexes. Which factors become potent depends upon the quantitative relation of the two sets of factors. Both of them possess a quantitatively definite strength of action or potency. In normal sex-distribution the right combinations are regulated by the heterozygosis-homozygosis mechanism. Different races differ, it is assumed, in regard to the absolute potencies of these factors. Cross-breeding results in abnormal combinations, seen in the intersexual forms. There is a remarkable seriation in both male and female inter- sexnality. The series is the inverse of the order of differentiation of ♦ Trans. Entomol. Soc. London, 1916, part v. (publ. 1917) pp. cxli-clvi (30 figs.), t Arch. Zool. Exp6r.. Ivi. (1917) Notes et Revue, No. 5, pp. 105-12 (7 figs.). X Comptes Rendus, clxv. (1917) pp. 511-3. § Journ. Exper. Zool., xxii. (1917) pp. 593-617 (53 figs.). ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY, MICROSCOPY, ETC. 53 the organs in development. Thus the last organs to differentiate in the pupa and the first to be intersexual are the branching of the antennae and the coloration of the wings. The first imaginal organ differentiated in the caterpillar, and the last in the series to be changed toward the other sex, is the sex-gland. The theory that best fits the facts is that the sex-factors are enzymes (or bodies with the properties of enzymes) which accelerate a reaction according to their concentration. In the fertilized egg the enzymes which govern the differentiation of the organism towards one of the two alternatives, maleness and feninleness, are both present. They may be called gynase and andrase. The mechanism of sex-distribution — i.e. through the sex-chromosomes — results in the formation of two kinds of fertilized ova, differing in the relative concentration of the two enzymes. Higher concentration results in greater rapidity of reaction, and the more rapid reaction wins. The dominating enzyme, present in higher concentration, will first succeed in furnishing the necessary amount of specific substance acting as determiner, which may be called the hormone of male or female differentiation. In intersexual forms, which result in conditions of abnormal concentrations of enzymes, development must go on under the influence of one enzyme up to a certain point and then continue under the influence of the other. " A given organ develops, in the case of female intersexuality, on female lines up to a given point, when suddenly the male stimulus starts, and the rest of the development is purely male. The degree of inter- sexuality is determined by how long the development has been in progress before the turning-point occurs." As regards the cytological aspect of the case, Goldschmidt makes the following suggestion. The chromosomes cannot be regarded as built up from chromatin particles, which are themselves the chemical basis of heredity. The chromatin is rather a skeletal substance which works as an " adsorbens " for the enzymes, which really constitute the chemical basis of heredity. The quantitative behaviour of the enzymes is of fundamental importance for the process of heredity. " The quantity of adsorption of an enzyme by an adsorbens depends upon the qualities of both and the surface of the adsorbens. Th^ wonderful uniformity of size and shape of the chromosomes of a given animal appears, therefore, as a minute mechanism to guarantee the typical quantity of enzymes of heredity to be assembled at the moment of fertilization. And all the strange processes preceding the maturation of the sex-cells appear easily understandable, as well as the meaning of the peculiar mechanism of mitosis. The formation of a chromosome means, physically, the same thing as the dropping of a piece of charcoal into a solution containing enzymes." Bristle Inheritance in Drosophila.* — Edwin Carleton MacDowell has worked with a race of flies with extra bristles. Selection was con- tinued for forty-nine generations for the production of high numbers of extra bristles. In any generation after the early ones the distribution of a single family is similar to that of the distribution of all the families * Journ. Exper. Zool., xxiii. (1917) pp. 109-^6 (10 figs.). 54 SUMiMARY OF CURRENT RESEARCHES RELATING TO taken together in that generation. For about eight generations the means rose ; following this were two periods not comparable with each other, within neither of which was there any evidence of further advance. Continued selection did not produce any high extremes that were not obtainable near the beginning of th6 experiment. The range of variation changed only very slightly ; the low limits being most frequently at or 1, the high limit at I) for the females, at 7 for the males. The standard deviations rose and fell together with the means ; as the means of the females are higher than those of the males, so the standard deviations of the females are higher than those of the males. These relationships do not hold true when the complete yields of the bottles are not included (generations 33-49). Changes in the means of the parents are not accompanied by changes in the means of their offspring, except at the beginning of the experi- ment. By selecting low-grade parents from the second generation of the extra-bristled race it was found possible to establish a race of flies which had markedly lower means than the high-selected race. By selecting low-grade flies from the fifteenth generation of the high race and continuing to select for low grades, it was found impossible in eight generations to establish a race that was distinguishable from the high race. The attempt was repeated, starting from the twenty-sixth generation of the high race, and continued for six generations with similar results. Keturn selection does not reverse the progress made by the advance selection. Flies with high and low bristle grades appear to have very similar offspring. By selecting low-grade parents from the Fj of a cross between normals and flies from the sixteenth generation of a high race, a low race was established (extracted low). One selection was sufficient to establish this race as distinct from a high race ; for four generations the curves of the parents and offspring wre parallel, and after that completely independent ; for four generations the low selection continued to lower the means ; except in the first few generations the curves of the progeny rise and fall in harmony with the curves of the high race, when families raised at similar times are compared ; besides being lower than the high race, the variability of the extracted race is less than that of the high race ; in response to the same improvement in conditions it does not advance as far. Comparing the different races, it is found that, no matter what the percentage, they all exhibit high points and low points at the same time. This means that environment is accountable for the variations in most of the generations. But the initial rise in the high race was not due to environment, as this rise resulted in a genetic change in the race. The supposition of a single varying factor to explain the above results cannot be justified ; it would require numerous other assumptions. All the results are simply explained on the assumption that there were genetic differences present among the original flies with extra'bristles ; that these genetic differences (or genes) are entirely independent of the main factor that occasions the monohybrid ratio in crosses with normal flies. ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY, MICROSCOPY, ETC. 55 Monograph on Dragonflies.* — R. J. Tillyard has provided an admirable monograph on Odonata, correlating morphological, phylo- genetic, and physiological data, and including numerous personal •observations. It is in every way a first-class piece of work. The Odonata form a.singularly isolated group, marked by high specializations of structure, superimposed upon an exceedingly archaic foundation. No near relatives exist to-day, nor since Palaeozoic times. The Plectoptera or May- Flies are nearest to the Odonata, but the affinity is slight. The Protodonata of the Upper Carboniferous were the ancestors of the present-day Odonata, but an unfortunate gap in the Trias hides the €xact line of descent from our view. The leading characters of the order are summarized ; a detailed account is given of the external features of adult and larva. In the male of Hemiphlebia mirabiUs the anal appendages of the male are rather long, white, and very conspicuous. The inferior pair are like white ribbons. The male uses them to attract the attention of the female by waving them about while at rest on a reed stem. The female replies to his signals by showing the whitened underside of the tip of her abdomen. A full account is given of the general structure, histology and development of the wings. The wing-bud is an ectodermic evagination, in the form of a small bag lined internally with hypoderm cells and ■externally with the cuticle. Between the layers of hypoderm is a narrow prolongation of the hsemocoele, filled with blood. Into this space the tracheae soon penetrate and fine nerves accompany them. At the metamorphosis the wings appear as crumpled bags ; blood is forced in and the bag expands, is smoothed out, and dries. The fluid persists for an hour or two or for several days, according to the weather and other factors, and gives the wings a pale greenish colour, while the additional refraction of the rays of light through the still separated media gives a beautiful iridescence to the surface. The author gives an account of the macroscopical and microscopical structure of the various systems. Various authors have stated that the mushroom bodies of the dragonfly's brain are rudimentary, and that the intelligence is of a low order, but the fact is that the mushroom bodies -are very well developed, though of a generalized type, and the assump- tion that they are the sole seat of intelligence is unwarranted. The movements of feeding are almost certainly controlled from the sub- the view that Amoebidiacea; are Thallophytes, not Protozoa. Blastocystis entercola.t — A. Alexeieff discusses the reserve albu- minoid bodies of this organism (consisting of paravolutin or metachromatin), the mitochondria and what they give rise to, the nuclear origin of the mitochondria, and the amoeboid parasite Mitrnria dangeardi AlexeieflF, which penetrates the Blastocijstis cysts and feeds on the reserves. The conclusion that Blastocystis is fungoid is confirmed. New Species of Pseudoklossia.:}: — L. Leger and 0. Duboscq describe a new Coccidian, Pseudoklossia pectim's sp. n., from the kidney of Fecten ynaximus. They give an account of the gamonts, the macrogametes^ and the formation of sporozoites. Xo microgametocyte was found. The relationships of Adeleidge and Eimeridas are discussed. Life-cycle of Myxidium gadi.§ — F. Georgevitch describes the life- history of this parasite, which he found in the gall-bladder of Gadus poUachia. From the ripe spore there emerges a binucleate sporoplasm ; the zygote exhibits schizogony, and there are several generations of schizonts ; these exhibit sporogony with one spore or two spores or many spores. When there are many spores, there are often phenomena of plasmotomy. The parasites are never intracellular. Leptotheca and Grlugea.|| — J. Georgevitch describes Leptotheca elongata Thelohan, a Myxosporidian, from the gall-bladder of MoteUa . tricirrata, the three-bearded rockling. An account is given of the spores, the vegetative forms, the schizogony, and the sporulation. In the sporulation a vegetative (plasmodial) nucleus is to be distinguished from a dozen (germinative) spore-nuclei. The author also gives a minute account of the spore of Glugea marionis from the gall-bladder of JuJis, * Arch. Zool. Exper., Ivi. (1917) Notes et Kevue, No, 4, pp. 95-9 (1 j&g.). t Arch. Zool. Exper., Ivi. (1917) Notes et Revue, No. 5, pp. 113-28 (3 figs.). + Arch. Zool. Exper., Ivi. (1917) Notes et Revue, No. 4, pp. 88-94 (8 figs.). $ Comptes Rendus, clxv. (1917) pp. 797-9. ill Bull. Soc. Zool. France, xlii. (1917) pp. 99-107 (10 figs.). ■♦-M^l ^ 64 SUMMA.RY OF CURRENT RESEARCHES RELATING TO BOTANY. GENERAL, Including the Anatomy and Physiology of Seed Plants. Structure and Development. Veeretative. Wood of Deciduous Trees.* — P. Jaccard Las studied the chano'es brought about in the wood of dorsi-ventral branches of deciduous trees, by subjecting the branches to alternative pressures, varying in duration, direction, and intensity. The anatomic characters of the wood were compared with those of the wood of normal branches, and the following results were obtained : — Under the influence of longitudinal tensions and compressions the wood of the upper and lower surfaces differed greatly in morphology and chemical composition. An analogous difference may also be brought about by other causes, such as geotropism, or by any force which creates a longitudinal tension or pressure. The difference is characterized by the formation of typical tension-fibres and compres- sion-fibres. Such fibres are only formed in trees, and are never found in shrubs or woody annuals ; they must not be regarded as specific in character, since they only occur in response to external mechanical pressure. It is not possible to ascribe to them the value of an acquired character which can be transmitted by heredity ; neither have they any phylogenetic significance. Reproductive. Embryogeny of Phaseolus.f — M. M. Brown has studied the development of the embryo-sac and of the embryo in five varieties of Fhaseolus vulgaris. The chief features of interest are as follows : — At an early stage in the growth of the ovule, a large hypodermal cell takes on the functions of a macrospore-mother-cell, and when fully grown forms part of the third or fourth layer from the micropylar end of the nucellus ; ultimately an axial row of three macrospores is formed, the innermost of which forms the embryo-sac. All the nucellar tissue is absorbed except that at the base of the sac, where it undergoes some changes, but finally disappears. The polar nuclei approach each other at an early stage, and after remaining in contact for some time, finally fuse just below the egg. At the time of fertilization the three antipodal cells disappear, but the synergids form a conspicuous filiform apparatus. The pro-embryo is composed of three cells, of which the two basal ones * Rev. G6n. Bot., xxix. (1917) pp. 225-43 (2 pis.). t Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, xliv. (1917) pp. 535-44 (2 pis.). ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY, MICROSCOPY. ETC. 65 form the suspensor and the terminal one the embryo proper. Dermatogen is cut off at the fourth division of the embryo -^the suspensor consists of four rows of cells, the two basal rows of which are swollen and elongated. The primary endosperm nucleus divides before the egg ; the subsequent •divisions give rise to endosperm on each side of the egg and in the outer parts of the embryo-sac ; these divisions may be simultaneous, or represent all stages in different parts of the sac. Endosperm forms near ihe embryo, but is soon absorbed. Embryogeny of the Alismaceae.* — R. Soueges publishes a short note upon the embryogeny of the Alismaceae, dealing more especially with the development of the apex of the stem of Sagittitrla sagittaefoUa. The present work appears to show that the monocotyledonous condition cannot be derived from the dicotyledonous condition, for the cotyledon in the former originates in a different and much more extended pro- embryonic region than in the latter. In the monocotyledons the two upper cells of the tetrad give rise to the quadrants, and the eight coty- ledonary octants ; the two cotyledons of the second group arise solely from the four upper embryonic octants, which are identical with the four upper cotyledonary octants of the monocotyledons. The author regards these observations as supporting Worsdell's theory, that the organization of the apex of the embryo, by a phenomenon of acceleration, represents a very reduced image of the organization of the stem of the adult plant. In the dicotyledons the arrangement of the cotyledons around the embryonic axis recalls the general arrangement of the leaves around the stem. In the monocotyledons the mode of growth is mono- podic and is seen in the embryo, where the main axis aborts, giving rise to a single terminal cotyledon, while a new axis develops laterally. Ovule in Apocynaceae and Asclepiadaceae-f — L. Guignard publishes a short account of his studies of the development and structure of the ovule in the Apocynacese and the Asclepiadacete. After describing the work previously done and the indefinite results obtained in the examin- ation of these two groups, the author gives an account of the ovule based upon the examination of twenty species. In the Apocynacea; the number of ovules is variable and the development is not always identical. Each ovule arises as a hemispherical papilla which elongates more or less until it is cylindrical in form, the apex being conical and directed towards the top of the carpellary cavity. The primordial mother-cell of the embryo-sac or archesporium is formed just below the epidermis of the apex ; subsequent development is variable. In the greater number of species the nucellus is represented by a minute protruberance, and since the tegument develops early and rapidly, the nucellus is frequently imperceptible. In some cases the archesporium is completely enveloped in an epidermal layer, which is quite distinct from the tegument, and the nucellus may be regarded as complete. In other cases the epidermis gradually disappears towards the base of the archesporium, and in others it is only represented by a few cells. Thus, in the Apocynaceae the * Comptes Eendus, clxv. (1917) pp. 1014-17. t Comptes Rendus, clxv. (1917) pp. 981-87. March Wth, 1918 F 66 SUMMARY OF CURRENT RESEARCHES RELATING TO nucellus varies considerably and may exhibit all degrees of reduction ; the archesporium, however, is more uniform, and consists of four cells^ the lowest of which forms the embryo-sac. In the Asclepiadacese, the bicarpellary ovary has numerous ovules which exhibit remarkable uniformity of structure and development. The twelve genera studied all exhibit the same characters as has been observed in Apocynum. The nucellus is represented by the archesporium and rudimentary epidermis, but the latter disappears during the development of the tegument. Such peculiarities as are found in this group leave no reason to suppose that it does not follow the normal course of development in the Gamopetalffi. The reduction of the nucellus must be regarded as a condensation of development adapted to the rapid formation of the tegument of the ovule. This is a constant and interesting character of the Asclepiadacea?, marking a very liigh degree of differentiation. The author will publish shortly a complete account of the investigations, reviewed in this preliminary paper. CRYPTOGAMS. Pteridophyta. (By A. Gepp, M.A. F.L.S.) Stelar system of the Marattiacese.* — C. West, in giving the results of a comparative study of the structure and development of the stelar system in the Marattiaceje, with special reference to the adult sporophyte of Dansea, discusses the quescion of the symmetry of the sporophyte in the Marattiacefe. He states that : 1. A primitive radially symmetrical type of shoot is distinctly suggested. 2. The single apical cell of the stem of the young sporeling is later replaced by a group of equivalent initial cells or by a meristematic region. 3. A single large apical cell occurs at the apex of the primary and earliest adventitious roots. At the apex of the later adventitious roots of moderate size a group of about four equivalent initial cells is found, while the more robust roots generally possess a definite meristem consisting of a numbei' of indepen- dent initial cells. In brief, the number of initial cells found at the apex of the Marattiacean roots is clearly related to the bulk, and not necessarily to the age of these roots. 4. The six genera which com- prise the Marattiaceffi show remarkable uniformity in their morpho- logical, anatomical, and histological characters, and constitute a very homogeneous and natural family, which probably occupies an isolated position amongst modern Vascular Cryptogams. Equisetum dehile.t— S. R. Kashyap publishes some notes on the endodermis and the prothallium of Equisetum dehile Roxb, 1. The endodermis in this species is very unstable. At the nodes it surrounds each vascular bundle of the underground and of the aerial sterile shoot ; but in the internodes of these shoots there is a transition from this con- * Ann. Bot., xxxi. (1917) pp. 331-414 (2 pis. and figs.). t Ann. Bot., xxxi. (1917) pp. 4-39-45 (figs.). ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY, MICROSCOPY', ETC. 67 dition to a condition of two endoderraal layers, one external and the other internal, ronnd the ring of bundles as a whole. This transition is independent of the distance at which it occurs from the node. The two rings of endodermis fuse here and there, leaving islands of paren- chymatous tissue in the interfascicular region. At the point of junction of the two layers a single cell may show radial bands on three or four of its walls or two bands on the same wall. 2. As to the prothallium, if the spores are sown thickly the prothallia remain small and show one growing point only and usually bear only one kind of sex-organ. If the spores germinate at a distance from each other, leaving enough space for the prothallia to develop fully, the latter become very large and develop a meristem all round on the circular margiu, and produce archegoma first and antheridia later. It is possible to prolong the life of the pro- thallia beyond their normal span, by removing the embryo and protect- ing them from heat ; quite possibly they could be kept growing for over a year. ^ Australian Ferns and Mosses.* — W. W. Watts publishes notes on cryptogamic matters. 1. He proposes and defines a new tribe of Poly- podiaceae — namely, Dryopteridese — in order to avoid [a) the unscientific separation of Phegopteris from the vicinity of Dnjopteris ; {b) the inclusion of exindusiate ferns among the Aspidieaj ; and (f)the growing cumbrous- ness oii\\ege\m?> Dnjopteris Vb's, defined in Christensen's " Index Filicum." This new tribe includes Lastrea, Nephrodium, Phegopteris, Goniopteris and Mp-niscium, all regarded as genera. Twenty-seven Australian species fall within the limits of the new title. 2. He describes and figures a new fern, Athyrliim hiimile, from the Ellenborough River. 3. He publishes notes and records of the following ferns — Hymenophyllum peltatum (Poir) (the British H. Wilsoni) ; H. rarnm R. Br. ; Dryopteris acuminata (Lowe) and var. cristata (a new variety) ; Platyzoma micro- phyllum. 4. He also gives a description and figures of Fissidens {AmblyothalUn) humilis Dixon & Watts, a new moss from Newcastle, New South Wales ; and publishes notes and records of the following two mosses — Leptostomiim indinans R. Br. and Hampeella pallens (Lacoste) Fleischer, with the interesting synonymy and distribution of the latter. Apogamy in Phegopteris and Osmunda.f — Elizabeth D. Wuist describes the production of apogamous embryos on prothallia of Phegopteris polypodioides, Osmunda cinnamomea, and 0. Glaytoniana in cultures on Prautl's and Knop's full solutions, and certain modifications of the Prantl's solution. The first cases of apogamy were observed about six months after the spores of Phegopteris were sowed on Prantl's solution from which ammonium nitrate had been omitted. Similar cases of apogamy were obtained on Knop's full solution in six months. The development and morphology of the embryos are described. Apogamous embryos of the two species of Osmunda were obtained on Prantl's full solution, and on the solution with ammonium nitrate and magnesium sulphate respectively omitted. * Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, xli. (1916) pp. 377-86 (1 pi.). t Bot. Gaz., Ixiv. (1917) pp. 435-7. Y 2 08 SUMMARY OF CURRENT RESEARCHES RELATING TO Notes on Hippochsete." — 0. A. Farwell, who prefers the name Hippoclmte for the scouring-rush section of Eqimetum, publishes notes on Hippochaete laevigata and H. prealta. The type of the former is Eqimetum Jsevigatum A. Br., which has been misunderstood through Braun's error in regarding it as a perennial stemmed species. But a careful analysis of the original description identifies the plant with the smooth annual stemmed species, E. kansanum Schaffner. In clearing away some errors with reference to H. prealta (Raf.) he finds a variety without a valid name, and proposes for it the varietal name pseudo- hyemalis. Pellsea in North America.f— F. K. Butters publishes some notes on Pellsea atropurpurea (L.) Link and P. glabella Mett. ex Kuhn. From a careful study of herbarium specimens and living material he is able to show that the ranges of these two species barely overlap, P. glabella having a northern, and P. atropurpurea a southern range in North America. They are perfectly distinct species, as F. L. Pickett % has indicated. To the specific differences brought out by Pickett sofiie further points are added by Butters in respect of the structure of the scales and the spores. There are two western varieties of P. glabella— one, var. simplex, a novelty which the author describes ; and the other, var. occidentalis (E. Nelson), which has been confused with P. Breiceri and P. atropurpurea. Finally, the author gives the distinctive characters and the range of P. Breweri Eaton. 'a^ American Fern Notes. §—0. A. Farwell, in publishing a series of notes on ferns, calls attention to Sir John Hill's " Family Herbal " (1755) and to his use of Fdix (p. 171) in a generic sense, and gives a list of new combinations of North American species transferred from Dryopteris to Filix. The notes on Ophioglossacese include a number of new varietal combinations, and a new variety Botrychium multifidum, var. dichotomum, which is described and figured. Lgcopodium obscurum L. is discussed, and a new variety {hybridum) is constituted, which repre- sents L. dendroideum Willd. (non Michaux). L. complanatum and its varieties are discussed, and a key to the latter is provided. Pern Prothallia.|l— G. Klebs has made a study of the physiology of the developing fern prothallia. The first part deals with the influence of light and temperature upon development. Experiments were made principally with the spores* of Pteris longifolia, and the results were as follows : 1. Light is, with few exceptions, necessary for the germination of the spores, and the resulting organism develops differently according to the intensity of the light. These are described in detail, with the corresponding degree of candle-power. 2. The primary rhizoid arises * Amer. Fern Journ., vii. (1917) pp. 73-6. t Amer. Fern Journ., vii. (1917) pp. 77-87. X Amer. Fern Journ., iv. (1914) p. 97. § Eighteenth Annual Report, Michigan Acad. Sci., 1916, pp. 78-94. II Sitzungsber. Heidelberg Akad. Wiss. Math.-Naturw. KI. B., 4 Abhandl. (1916) pp. 3- 82 (figs.). See also Bot. Centralbl., cxxxiv. {1211) pp. 220-2. ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY, MICROSCOPY, ETC. 69 with the earlier germination, its growth being accelerated by increasing intensity of light. Secondary rhizoids need higher intensity for their development, and their number increases with increase of light. 3. From a certain degree of light onwards, no further increase affects the development, i. The duration of light of a certain intensity need not be long. Experiments were made with intermittent lighting, and the results are given. 5. Daylight has in the main the same result as electric light, though the relation between germination and formation of the prothallium on the one hand, and light intensity on the other, differs in daylight from that in electric light, the difference being due to different composition of the spectrum. Further experiments in the effect of light on the germinating filaments are described under varying conditions of culture ; other fern species gave analogous results. Ferns of Formosa.* — B. Hayata pubUshes descriptions of some new or rare mosses collected in Formosa. Archaiigiopteris Sotnai is described and figured, and is shown to be an interesting link between Archangio- pteris Henryi and the old genus Angiopteris. Though eight species of AlsopMa have been recorded from Formosa, three of them seem referable to A. latehrosa and two to the genus Dryopteris ; thus leaving only A. formosana, A. podophylla, and A. latehrosa in the list; sterile specimens are difficult to distinguish. Ten species new to science are described in the paper, and a plate is devoted to the illustration of the characters of Bhchiium {Blfchnidium) plagiogyriifrons. The determina- tion of the Formosan species of Vittaria is facilitated with the help of a key. Bryophyta. (By A. Gepp.) Targionia hypophylla.f — S. R. Kashyap publishes a supplementary note on Targionia hypophylla. He has thoroughly re-examined the Mussooree material for which he proposed the varietal name integerrima in 1914, and finds that the two main differential characters, upon which he relied, are not sufficiently constant to maintain the variety. The peculiar male shoots described for the Indian plant have been shown by O'Keeffe to occur in British specimens ; and the absence of tooth-like interlocking processes from the involucral valves is but a variable condition. Statistics of Moss Structure. | — J. MacLeod raises the question whether it is possible to identify a species by means of numbers that represent the value of the specific characters. Having obtained satis- factory results with insects, he has applied the method to the genus Milium, and limiting himself to a study of the leaves of the fertile stem of ten British species. The successive leaves of a given stem from the * Icones Plantarum Formosarum. Taihoku : (1916) vi. pp. 154-63 (2 pis.). t New Phytologist, xvi. (1917) pp. 228-9. X Journ. Linn. Soc, xliv. (1917) pp. 1-58 (9 figs.). 70 SUMMARY OF CURRENT RESEARCHES RELATING TO base upwards gradually increase in length to a maximum and then diminish gradually. MacLeod limits his work to that part of the stem which extends from the lowest leaf up to the longest one. This part of the stem (as the number of leaves is very variable) he divides into ten intervals, and measures the minimal, medium, and maximal value of each character in the leaves of each interval. The measure- ments of each given interval are thus made comparable with those of the same interval in all the stems and species. The description of a species according to the author's method consists of a number of tables giving the gradation of each character. For each species he has recorded in a series of tables the following characters : — Length, breadth, breadth at the base, number of cells and breadth of the cells at the place of greatest breadth, breadth of the border and number of cells of the border at the same place, number of teeth at the border and on the nerve, length of the nerve (reaching the summit or not), tooth at the summit of the leaf (present or absent), total number of leaves of the fertile stem. For purposes of identification he gives a series of tables showing the minimal and maximal values of each character of the leaves of the tenth interval (longest leaves), together with other characters. LTsually four of these numerical characters suffice for the determination of a specimen, but twelve to fifteen characters are available if necessary. Welsh Bryophyta.* — D. A. Jones gives an account of the mosses and hepatics of the south-west of Anglesey, where he has succeeded in finding several rare and interesting species. He describes the geology and physical geography of Newliorough Sands, giving lists of the species which characterize the different soil-formations, and an enumeration of 181 species of mosses and 55 hepatics. The same author t publishes an enumeration of the mosses and hepatics of Denbighshire, prefaced by an account of the geology and physical geography of the county, and of the moss-floras characteristic of the various rocks ; and also of the injurious effects of the smoke of such industrial centres as Ruabon and Wrexham upon vegetation. The number of mosses recorded is 229, and of hepatics, 61. Wiltshire Mosses. | — C. P. Hurst gives an account of the' mosses of East Wiltshire, collected mostly in Savernake Forest, and to the south- east of it. The moss-flora of the sarsen stones is interesting ; these siliceous rocks are found on chalk downs at Marlborough and Aldbourne, and bear such interesting silicicolous species as Grimmia trichophylla, G. suhsquarrosa, Hedwii/m ciliata, Orthotrkhum rvpestre, Ulota Hutchinsiae — the first and last of which would probably be found no nearer than on the granite rocks of Cornwall and South Wales ; and it has been suggested that the spores have been carried thence by westerly winds. In Savernake Forest fruiting specimens occur of certain specimens which are usually sterile elsewhere. About 150 species are enumerated. * Lancashire and Cheshire Naturalist, Aug. 1917, pp. 111-51. t Naturalist, 1917, pp. 285-92, 321-7. : Wilts. Archseolog. & Nat. Hist. Mag., xxxix. (1917) pp. 449-55. ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY, MICROSCOPY, ETC, 71 Carbohydrates of Musci.* — T. G. Mason describes the methods of detecting the different sugars in the three mosses — Polytrkhum commune, Thuidium tamariscinum, and Sphagnum ci/mbifolium, and the storage and translocation of carbohydrates in these plants. He found dextrose, levulose, and sucrose in all three species, and maltose in Polytrickum and Sphagnum wherever starch is present. Sucrose is the first sugar to appear after illumination ; and the author is of opinion that sucrose is the first formed sugar in the chloroplast, and that in Polytrkhum commune and Sphagnum cymbifolium it is in the form of hexo^es that the sugars undergo translocation. Water-conduction in Marchantiaceae.t — R. Douin points out that the female capitulum and the male disc of the Marchantiaceae present three methods of water-absorption more and more perfect in correspon- dence with the apparatus employed by the plant. In the first case, the water rises to the posterior cavity, and then spreads into the others by means of laterarfascicles {Grimaldia, etc.). In the second case, quite a special one {Fegatella), the capitulum is everywhere in contact with the cylindric felt-work of absorbing hairs. In the third case (Marchantiaceae with two-furrowed stalk), the water is distributed directly among the cavities. Multicellular Spores in Mosses. :|: — T. Herzog describes two new species of Cryphsea, C. macrospora, and C. gracillima, which are. ■characterized by having very large and multicellular spores, a character hitherto confined to Dicnemonacete. The ripe spores measure 44-48 /* and 44-52 /x respectively. They are irregularly globular to shortly cylindrical, and provided with clearly developed longitudinal and trans- verse walls. Division does not take place until the spore has reached its full size. In G. macrospora division is fairly regular and takes place in quadrants ; in G. gracillima division is more irregular and takes place in stages of four to eight cells. The tough exospore does not split finally as in Dicnemonaceee, but remains preserved. The author con- siders the Gryphsea spores as an intermediate form between the usual spores and the highly specialized multicellular type of the Dicnemonaceae, in which not only the division but also the germination of the giant spores begins inside the capsule. The author also discusses the spores of Macromitrium macrosporum, which measure as much as 70 /x, but are always unicellular ; as well as the spores of his genus Wernerobryum, •which is in various ways allied to the Dicnemonacege, and has spores 120 /i. long and about 60 /a broad, but unicellular. A note states that Fleischer's Sphserotheciella sphaerocarpa, which has abnormally large multicellular spores, was not known to the author when he wrote this paper. * Notes Bot. School Trin. Coll. Dublin, ii. (1916) pp. 319-34. See also Bot. Centralbl., cxxxii. (1916) p. 541. t Comptes Rendus, clvii. (1913) pp. 997-9. See also Bot. Centralbl., cxxxii, (1916) p. 567. X Flora, cix. (1916) pp. 97-9. See also Bot. Ceutralb., cxxxiv. (1917) p. 87. 72 SUMMARY OF CURRENT RESEARCHES RELATING TO Lophozia Hatched and L. Baueriana.*—Y. Schiffner discusses the two species of Lophozia, L. Hatcheri and L. Baueriana, which he has studied from original specimens, and decides that the species are not identical, notwithstanding their remarkable likeness. The two nearest habitats of the respective species are 11,000 kilom. apart and separated by the tropical zone. The extraordinary morphological resemblance may be explained in three ways:— 1. Both are of common origin, the original ancestor having been distributed over an enormous area, but owing to geological and climatic changes it has died out in the inter- mediate regions. 2, Carriage of the spores or gemmae, which is only possible in species of Riccia which inhabit water. 3. Convergence,, which is probably the solution of the problem under consideration. Thallophyta. Algae. (By Mks. Ethel S. Gepp.) Biology of Algae. — G. S. West publishes the first volume of a treatise on Algtii in which he gives a biological account of all the Alga? included in the Myxophycefe, Peridiniete, Bacillarieai and Chloro- phyceas, both fresh-water and marine. In a future volume it is proposed to give a complete systematic account, with illustrations, of all the British Fresh-water Algje, with the exception of Desmids and Diatoms. In the present work the chief space is allotted to the Chlorophyceae. These are arranged under four sections — Isokontse, Akontse, Stephanokontae, Heterokontae. Under Isokontae are six orders : — Protococcales, includ- ing all the unicellular and colony-forming types ; SiphonaJes ; Siphono- dadiahs ; UJvaUs ; Schizogoniales ; UJotrichaJes. The Akontie comprise the Conjngatse ; the Stepbanokontte, the (Edogoniales ; and the Hetero- kontffi comprise the orders Heterococcales, Heterotrichales, and Hetero- siphonales. A chapter is devoted to the occurrence and distribution of fresh-water Algte, describing Sub-aerial Associations, Associatious of Irrorated Rocks, and Aquatic Associations. Structure and Mode of Life of Hormidium flaccidum. |— Alma Piercy gives a general account of the life of a form of Hormidium Jiaccidum A. Braun in its native habitat. The survival of the vegetative filaments throughout successive seasons of the year is described, and their modification during drought, chiefly in the accumulation of refractive granules, and in changes of the longitudinal walls and septa. A detailed description is given of the two common methods of repro- duction, viz. : (1) transverse splitting of the filaments- at the septa ; and (2) production of aplanospores. Regarding (1), a general breaking up of the filaments into isolated cells or few-celled pieces has not been. * Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr., Ixvi. (1916) pp. 83-8 (figs, in text). See also Bot> Centralbl., cxxxiv. (1917) p. 187. t Algse. Cambridge University Press : (1916) i., x and 475 pp. (271 figs.). X Ann. Bot., xxxi. (1917) pp. 513-37 (figs.). ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY, MICROSCOPY, ETC. 73 observed ; the splitting occurs at somewhat distant points in a filament, though in favourable circumstances a minor proportion of the filaments become divided into few-celled fragments. It is suggested that splitting is due to the effects of renewed turgor on desiccated filaments in which degeneration of the cuticle or a weakening, due to the development of mucilage between the two lamellae of the septa, has taken place. (2) The production of aplanospores occurs in all seasons of the year, but is dependent on an ample supply of water. Cells that give rise to aplanospores usually contain an abundance of a special substance and also granules. A white refractive substance is described ; it appears in the cells under certain conditions in the form of granules and rounded masses. It arises chiefly in the region of the polar vacuoles, but also sparsely distributed in the peripheral proto- plasm. Two conditions favour its production, viz. drought, and a plentiful supply of carbohydrates, e.g. glucose. It appears to be associated with a second special substance (referred to above), and possibly is formed as a result of concentration of this substance. Since, in suitable circumstances, the cells ai'e capable of eventually absorbing the granules, these evidently serve as a food-store. During the first weeks of a period of drought the death-rate decreases, while the abundance of granules increases to a maxiinum. When growing in its native habitat, this alga in all probability rarely passes beyond this first stage of desiccation, as the spells of dry weather in temperate regions are comparatively short, and dew is continually deposited, especially in summer when the drought is most extreme. Staining of Minute Algae.'' — J. Ben Hill describes a satisfactory method of manipulating microscopic organisms in staining, to prevent the loss of such minute objects as SphsereJla, Pandorina, VolvoXy Pediastriim, and the Desmideee. From the killing solution the material is transferred to a filter, and there washed with distilled water from a wash-bottle. It is then treated withO'l p.c. iron-alum solution, and washed as before; then stained cautiously with O'l p.c. aqueous haematoxylin, and thoroughly washed as before. The stain is carefully differentiated with 0"1 p.c. iron-alum solution; and once more a thorough washing with distilled water from the wash-bottle follows. Then the filter-paper is punctured, and the material is dehydrated in an open vessel with glycerin, followed by washing on a filter with 95 p.c. and absolute alcohol. The material is then quickly transferred to 10 p.c. Venetian turpentine for concentration and mounting. Pleodorina illinoiensis.f — ^X. B. Grove publishes a supplementary- note on Pleodorina ilUnolensis, which he recorded as occurring in cart- ruts at Harborne, Warwickshire, in the spring of 1915. He found it in the same place in 1916 and 1917 ; but in April 1917 it was in larger quantity, and associated with equal quantities of Pandorina Morinn and Eudorina elegans, and with other Algae. And, though the elliptical * Bot. Gaz., Ixiii. (1917) pp. 410-12. t New Phytologist, xvi. (1917) p. 180. 74 SUMMARY OF CURRENT RESEARCHES RELATING TO form and the posterior protuberances were as marked as ever, yet a greater number of stages transitional between it and Eudorina were found intermixed. And the author claims these as an entire justifi- cation of his suspicion that this Fhodorina is merely a well-marked mutation of Eudorina — on the way to becoming a species. Spirogyra.* — S. S. Chien describes the peculiar eiTects of barium, strontium, and cerium on Spirogyra. He summarizes his results as follows : — 1. The chloroplasts of certain species of Spirogyra contract away from the cell-wall in a peculiar and characteristic fashion in solutions of CeCl.^, BaCL, and BrCl., (in the case of the smaller kind in the last two only). The effect is observed in dilutions as great as O • 00005 M of CeClg (in the case of the larger species), and in • 0001 M of BaClo. SrClo also produces this efifect, but not at such great ■dilutions as CeClg and BaCI.,. 2. In the smaller species of Spirogyra the effect of BaCl., is inhibited when BaCU is mixed with CeCla or •CeCla in proper proportions. Starch-formation in Zygnema.f — Helen Bourquin has studied the subject of starch-formation in algte, and has chosen Zyg^iema for investigating the process, on account of the large size and the typical nature of its chromatophore. She gives a resume of previous work on the subject, describes her own material and methods, and then gives an account of her work, which she summarizes as follows : — The chroma- tophore of Zygnema is a plastid containing embedded in its substance a pyrenoid which lies near the middle, and starch-grains which usually lie radially about the pyrenoid. The pyrenoid cannot take part in starch-formation because it is always confined to the centre of the plastid and is separated from the starch by the plastid, and because the small young grains of starch are always found in the periphery of the plastid. The plastid, therefore, must form these minute starch- grains. The starch-grains come to lie radially about the pyrenoid in the following manner : — The plastid adds to them in such a way that they become cuneate in sliape. In this manner they grow down between the starch-grains already formed until they are of the same length as the large grains. The plastid then broadens them at the base until they become rectangular in shape. Dichotomosiphon tuberosus.:}: — A. de Puymaly writes on Dichotomo- siphon tuberosus, which he lias studied from living material collected by him near Bagneres-de-Bigorre, at a height of about 600 metres. It was growing in a small basin, 10 by 20 metres, in which the water was •continually being renewed and was tepid to the touch, being 20" C. The alga was growing so luxuriantly that it almost covered the bottom of the basin, which was 1 to 2 metres deep. The plant evidently requires warmth, in which it resembles its near allies, the Udotete group. In contrast to Vmicheria, the filaments of D. tuberosus are upright and * Bot. Gaz., Ixiii. (1917) pp. 406-9 (figs, in text). t Bot. Gaz., Ixiv. (1917) pp. 426-34 (1 pi.). X Bull. Soc. Bot. Geneve, 1917, pp. 120-5. * ZOOLOGY AND BOTAI^Y, MICROSCOPY, ETC. 75 bushy, 5 to 10 cm. high, and disposed fairly regularly ; they often form small loose bundles, resembling locks of hair. These upright filaments emerge from a creeping substratum which grows on the slime, and is ■composed of entangled rhizomatoid filaments. It is at the expense of the creeping part that the tubercles are developed which play so great a part in the multiplication of the plant. The rhizomatoid filaments produce here and there irregular swellings provided with papillte, some of which develop into new green shoots and others into rhizomatoid filaments. These latter are capable of producing in their turn new swellings, and so on. Thus the plant is able to spread over large surfaces, and the thallus of separate plants becomes intermixed. The author found plants bearing the sexual organs which have seldom been observed, and only once previously in Europe, under natural conditions. They are sufficiently rare when they do occur, and a search of several square decimetres barely produced ten, while the same material fur- nished easily more than a hundred tubercles. The oospores apparently remain inside the oogonia, and the latter adhere for several months' to the individuals which produce them. It is evident that multiplication by means of the tubercles and the rhizomatoid filaments is very much more usual than sexual reproduction, and is possibly in course of taking its place. In D. pusillus, described by Collins, sexual organs have not been found. As regards the structure of the cells, the author finds that Mirande alone of previous writers is correct in his conclusions. The membrane is constituted like that of the Udotefe, and consists of a callus associated with pectic components. The author proposes in a further work to discuss the germination of the oospores. Nuclear Division in Characese.'- — F. Oehlkers discusses nuclear division in Characeai. Tlie number of chromosomes in C. fragiUs is twenty-four, in C. fcetida sixteen, and in NiteJla syncarpa twelve. hX the germination of the zygote of C. fcBtida, the zygote nucleus divides into two daughter-nuclei, which then undergo further division. Of the three transverse walls, two are dissolved, while the third, which separates off the fourth nucleus in a protoplasmic cup, remains. Only this last nucleus survives, while the other three gradually go to pieces. This fourth nucleus divides into two by a wall parallel to the longitudinal axis of the zygote. Through further divisions of these two cells, two knobs are formed above the first transverse wall, and these are the point of issue of the new Chara plant. The number of the chromosomes in the second division was sixteen, the same as that of the vegetative division. Reduction-division takes place, therefore, at the actual germi- nation of the zvffote. 'to^ Alternation of Generations in Florideae.t — N. Svedelius discusses the problem of the alternation of generations in Florideae. The signifi- cance of the reductions-division does not lie entirely in the restoration * Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesell., xxsiv. (1916) pp. 223-7. See also Bot. Centralbl. cxxxiv. (1917) p. 279. t Naturw. Wochenschr., n.f. xv. (1916) pp. 353-9, 372-9. See also Bot. Cen- tralbl., cxxxiv. (1917) pp. 314-5. 76 SUMMARY OF CUJiRENT RESEARCHES RELATING TO of the number of chroiDosomes, but also in that it brings about new- combinations of chromosomes in the daus^hter-nuclei, which in the somatic equal division cannot take place. The reductions-division plays as important a part in the new combination of chromosomes in the nucleus as fertilization itself, and may be regarded as its final act. By the reductions-division there is formed as great a possibility for new combinations of chromosomes inside the nucleus, as by the fertilization itself a possibility is given of new combinations of nuclei, and thereby of . the number of chromosomes. In Floridea3, which are treated in special detail by the author, reductions-division takes place in the tetraspore formation. Here the life of the diploid generation divides into two different phases : the first, the gonimoblast phase in the cystocarp, in intimate connexion with the gametophyte, as in the moss-sporogonium ; the second, the tetraspore-forming phase, which takes its origin from the germinating carpospore and arises here as an independent form of life, entirely resembling externally the gametophyte. Floridea3, on the ftther hand, which do not produce tetraspores have a reductions-division which • follows immediately on fertilization ; and the monospores which are pro- duced by this type are purely germinating cells, and are not an integral part of the alternation of generations. These two types of reduction show also this difference— in the latter type only one sort of individual i» produced, namely monoecious or dioecious sexual individuals with or without monospores ; while the former type produces two sorts of indivi- duals, sexual (monoecious or dioecious) and asexual (tetrasporic). The former type is called by the author the haplohionik, the latter the diplo- hiontic. He regards the haplobiontic as the original, from which the diplobiontic has sprung, by the delay for some reason of the reductions- division. Oceanic Algology.* — A. Mazza continues his description of types of oceanic alg^. ' Completing his account of the non-articulate Corallineae by a description of the structure of Masiophora, he passes on to a con- sideration of the articulate Corallinese, describing Amphiroa and five of its species; together with four varieties of A. tuberculosa, also Metagonio- lithon with three of its species. Algae of Bermuda.!— F. S. Collins and A. B. Hervey publish a Flora of the Algae of Bermuda, omitting the families Pihizophyllidaeea?, Squamariaceae and Corallinacea?. In the introduction they discuss the geological formation of the small group of islands, refer to previous published work on the algs, and give a comparison of the flora with that of nine of the best known regions where a similarity might be expected. This is drawn up in tabular form, but is not intended to be in any way exhaustive, owing to the impossibility of producing a complete com- parison at this time of world-wide chaos. A list of important stations is then given, with an indication of the characters of each, for the use of future collectors. Concise keys have been drawn up for all the species in a genus, aud a number of new species are described and figured. In * La Nuova Notarisia, xxix. (1918) pp. 1-34. t Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., liii. No. 1 (1917) 195 pp. (6 pis.). ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY, MICROSCOPY, ETC. 77 the case of other species, details additional to previous knowledge have ilDeen added where possible, but no full descriptions. Full notes are given as to character of station, with exact localities. Full synonomy IS omitted, but reference is made where possible to a good figure, and to essiccata. Algal Associations of San Juan Island." — W. L. C. Muenscher publishes a study of the Algal Associations of San Juan Island. He describes them carefully with the aid of maps and a vertical section of the coast, and concludes that the rocky shores of the island possess a very dense algal flora, whilst the sandy beaches and bays are almost free from algae. From the high-tide line to the Nereoctjsiis beds he distin- guishes five distinct associations : — (1) Eiidocladia, (2) Fiicus, (3) Lira, (4) Laminaria, (5) Zostera. The number of species common to each increases in the lower associations, and the algse are larger. The different groups of algse are not restricted to any definite associations. Puget Sound Algse.f — Puget Sound Marine Station issues a fascicle of papers on marine algological work done in Friday Harbour, Washington, in 1916. Miss Hurd finds that young NereocysHs plants can accommodate themselves gradually to 5.5 p.c. of fresh water. The rapid elongation of the stalk of this species she states to be due to the low intensity of light in deep water, the growth of the stipes being greatly retarded by strong light near the surface of the water ; and there is no relation between rate of growth and mechanical stretching in the stalk. In another paper she shows that the Codium adhserens Ag. of San Juan Islands and Puget Sound is C. dimorphwn Sved., since it has no utricle hairs and has two types of utricles, the one with unmodified end- wall, and the other with thickened, striated end-wall. She believes the different end-walls to be due to environmeut ; the thick-walled type sometimes predominates over the whole thallus, sometimes only around the margin and beneath the lobes, and sometimes is wanting entirely. W. L. C. Muenscher enumerates the marine algae of Shaw Island, giving their zonal distribution and relative abundance, and discussing the ecological factors involved. Miss Kibbe investigated the parasitic fungus {Chytridium alarium, a new species) that infests Alaria fistulosa in Alaska, but apparently does not attack any other brown alga. Miss Karrer throws some light on the metabolism of Nereocystis by means of microchemical reactions. The cell-walls are composed of cellulose and algin. Inorganic substances (Ca, Mg, Na, K, CI, sulphates, carbonates, phosphates, iodine) can be demonstrated in the cell by the methods of Tunmann and Molisch. Miss Clark, by methods of titration, found all the thirty-one marine iilgae that she tested to be acid. * Puget Sound Marine Station Publications, i. (1915) pp. 59-64. See also Bet. Centralbl., cxxxiv. (1917) pp. 195-6. t Puget Sound Marine Station Publications, i. Nos. 17-24 (1916) pp. 185 -248 .R.C.P. ; T. H. Hiscott; Benj. Moore, M.A., D.Sc. F.R.S. ; J. Milton Off ord; Percy E. Radley ; Edward J. Sheppard ; A. W. Sheppard ; Charles Singer, M.A., M.D., F.R.C.P. ; Charles D. Soar, F.L.S. ; Joseph Wilson; B. B. Woodward, F.L.S., F.G.S. Librarian. — Percy E. Radley. Curator of Instruments, etc. — Charles Singer, M.A., M.D. Curator of Slides. — Edwai'd J. Sheppard. The President then delivered his valedictory Address, in which he ^ave a review of the war-conditions under which the Society had met since August, 1914, and of such part of the work of the Society as is ripe for publication in connexion with the war. He gave an analysis of the work of the Society's Abstractors during the periods 1901-1913 and 1914-1917, and adumbrated a contraction and specialization in the activities of the Society in the future, in the direction of the technical optics of the microscope and its application to all branches of industry and research. Mr. Blood moved that the President be asked to allow his most interesting address to be printed in the Journal, and so follow precedent for similar occasions during many years. No words of his were needed to emphasize the desirability of that. Mr. Earland seconded the proposal, and it was carried. The President said he was very much obliged to the Meeting fortlie kind way in which his address had l)een taken, and would, of course, be proud to see it published in the Journal. 112 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY. The President asked the Meeting to record a hearty vote of thanks to the Honorary Officers of the Society for their sei vices during the past year. The resokition was carried by acclamation. Mr. Wilson gave notice of the following resolution : — "That this Meeting instructs the Council to take the necessary action to remove all alien enemy Honorary, Ex-officio, and Ordinary Fellows from the Society's Roll."— (By-Law 34.) Mr Hiscott seconded Mr. Wilson's proposal, and pointed out that it was not proposed to put the resolution for decision on the jDresent occasion ; according to the By-Laws (7H, Mfi) the resolution would have to be posted for a period of two months. At the second Meeting, there- fore, in March, Fellows would have an opportunity of discussing and voting upon it. Messrs. Earland, Bruce Capell, Dr. Singer, and Col. Clibborn having spoken briefly, The President reminded the Meeting that the subject was not before it for discussion at the moment. Mr. Earland proposed the adoption of the Annnal Report of the Council. Mr. Blood seconded, and it was carried. Dr. Eyre reminded Fellows that the Financial Statement had had tO' be deferred. The President announced that the next Meeting of the Society would be held on February 20, and of the Biological Section on February 6. PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY, 113 AN ORDINARY MEETING OF THE Society was Held at 20 Hanover Square, W., on Wednesday, February 20th, 1918, Mr. J. E. Barnard, President, in the Chair. The President, before proceeding to the formal business, expressed liis thanks to the Fellows of the Society for the honour done him in electing him to the Presidential Chair. The Minutes of the last Meeting, having been circulated, were taken as read, confirmed, and signed by the President. The President directed that ballot should be taken for the four candidates for Fellowship, and read the nomination papers of Messrs. Bourke and Mortimer. The President made sympathetic reference to the death of Miss Ethel Sargant, F.L.S., F.R.M.S., who was well known to the Fellows as a botanist of considerable distinction. He proposed, and the meeting carried, a vote of sincere condolence with the lady's relatives. Mr. Scourfield read a letter from the son of the well-known micro- scopist Mr. Henry Van Heurck, of Antwerp, who was at present in' England, but was unable to continue his studies from lack of necessary apparatus. He wished to know if any Fellow of the Society could help him in procuring a modern microscope and a few accessories. The President remarked that whilst many Fellows had already done their utmost, as individuals, to further the national interests since the outl)reak of war an opportunity had now occurred for action by the Society in its corporate capacity. As a preliminary it was proposed to prepare a new list of members which should l)e a members' directory, indicating the branch of work each Fellow was specially interested in. March Mh, 191S l Ii4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY. H(j hud ascertaiued from the Venereal Diseases Committee tliat con- siderable diificulty was experienced in getting certain pathological material examined, particularly in country places, in some cases owing to lack of apparatus, and in others owing to lack of technical skill in its use, since the medical general practitioner was not, of necessity, an expert microscopist. Fellows of this Society could render the greatest possible assistance in work which was of great national importance, by advising the local medical, man all over the country in the use of the microscope and the dark-ground illuminator, perhaps even setting it up for him. It would not entail very much time and labour, and probably one or two sittings would suffice to set mutters in working order. It had been further suggested to him just before tlie meeting, by a well-known Fellow, that the Society might issue some kind of certiticate or guarantee that certain Fellows were competent to assist in this way : that a mild form of examination might be instituted, to which Fellows could submit themselves, to enable that guarantee to be given. In this connexion, it had been proposed to devote the March meeting to the subject of dark-ground ilkimination, and he was pleased to be able to announce that Professor Conradi, of South Kensington, had agreed to deal with the theoretical side of the subject. That gentleman was, of course, the authority on microscopical optics in this country, and he would invest the evening with great interest. Especially was that a pleasant announcement as Professor Conradi had not been among the Fellows at meetings for a long time. He (the President) would say a few words on the practical side, and would also try to get the English makers to send microscopes and dark -ground illuminators. He hoped that any Fellow who possessed similar apparatus would bring it along. Invitations would be extended to the memliers of the Venereal Diseases Connnittee, medical men and others, so as to make that meeting as representative as possible. If Fellows had any suggestions or criticisms to offer on this matter, he would be glad to hear them now. There being no dissentients, he assumed that his propositions were approved. Mr. Wilson exhibited a Heliozoon {Acantluicyslis) and a Rhizopod (Lasqueremia) to call attention to the fact of their abundance at this time of year. The Society's thanks were accorded to Mr. Wilson. The President expressed the regret with which the Council heard of tlie serious illness of Professor Moore, in consequence of which he was unable to give the demonstration announced for the evening. Though progressing satisfactorily, he would be unable to attend for some weeks. His contril)ution was, therefore, deferred, and Fellows would look forward with pleasure to it at no very distant date. PROCEEDINGS OF THE S0CIP:TV. 115 Col. H. E. Rawson, C.B., R.E.,F.L.S., who had arranged an exhibit of mounted specimens to ilkistrate some of the points dealt with in Professor Moore's communication, was also unable to be present. His notes, however, were read by Mr. Scourfield, and from them it appeared that the specimens were drawn chiefly from Tropseolum majus, but they were typical of the responses made by several other species to the action of sunlight. The changes of colour and structure were produced by a system of selective screening under an English sun — full sun l)eing screened from the plant at selected intervals of daylight, while paying- due attention to the background. The screens might be at a distance of thirty feet and more. All the colouring-matters of T. majm were affected, and analysis of the observations of the past thirteen years justified the statement that changes of colour and structure were pro- duced at different altitudes of the sun. Low sun of the early morning fostered the yellow colouring-matter, and the highest sun of mid-day the violets, blues, and purples, while middle sun stimulated the reds. Thus by giving a self -crimson form a maximum of low sun the flowers had been changed to yellow, with only fine red honey-guides showing in tlie posterior petals. Such changes reappeared in the plants raised from the seed if similarly screened. In this way a new purple form was obtained from other red and yellow forms which now came true in the open garden. The colour of the foliage also changed, as well as the lo])ing of the leaves. The scent of the flowers varied with the colour. When individual branches of the same plant were differently screened and the .seed allowed to fall and sow itself, two new forms appeared which were well known to gardeners, but had not been previously seen in these experiments, suggesting that " sports " were the response of a plant to peculiar screening of a selective character. While plants were being screened to obtain new colours, changes of structure appeared, which also bedame identified with low, middle, and high sun, and could be repeated at will. Flowers greW' with six, seven, and eight petals instead of the normal five, and their shapes were altered. The spiirs were formed in a way which is stated to be unique, for they extend a petal instead of a sepal, and the number was increased to four. Experience soon enabled such extra spurs to be reproduced at will, together witli the changes in the number and shape of the petals which were cor- related with them. In addition to spur peloria, other " sports " well known to botanists appeared, such as proliferation, fsesciation, leaf- division, synanthy, etc., and were illustrated in the exhibit. They had been produced repeatedly, and a specimen of T. tuberosum had just been deposited in the Natural History Museum, South Kensington, whose leaves were kept entire, or were divided into two, three, four, or five lobes as pre-arranged. The microscope had been used assidu- ously throughout these experiments, the growing flowers being arranged under the objective as the changes were in progress, and some very simple explanations of certain apparently complex phenomena had been obtained. Many of the colour-changes depended upon the form, size, and number of the epidermal papilke, upon the turgidity of the Uving pells, and tlie concentration of their contents, In the leaf-division of IK) PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY. T. tiihf'rflSiHm n precipitation of the cell-contents was first observed which blocked the cord conveying the nutrition to the margin. An investigation by trained microscopists would undoubtedly bring most valuable information, and would advance our knowledge of the photo- synthetic action induced in living cells and their products. Mr. Scourfield and Dr. Rudd Leeson commented upon some of the points raised by Col, Rawson, Mr. F. I. G. Rawlins made a short communication on the Techni([ue of the Vertical Illuminator, in which he pointed out that from experience in metallography it had been found unnecessary to use objectives in special short mounts with the vertical illuminator up to and including ^}th powers, provided the objectives were corrected for work on un- covered objects. Obviously, this was an advantage in war time, when specially mounted lenses were unobtainable. It was quite possible to use the illuminator diaphragmed down to its smallest aperture, and so increase the definition. An illuminant such as the electric arc, giving light of short wave-lengths of considerable energy within the visible spectrum, was preferable for this work. Great importon in other solvents which acted similarly to amyl-acetate. They were stripped off the glass and were found to be about ^trVfftli of an inch. He thought it might be possible to get amyl-acetate or collodion almost as thin as that. Dr. Leeson asked whether ordinary thin balsam would not do as well. Mr. Scourfield said he had obtained striking effects with the vertical illuminator on living organisms. But there was the difficulty of reflec- tions from the cover-glass, and some internal reflections from the objective, which produced haze and rendered observation of the speci- mens difficult. If that difficulty could be overcome, there would be a great field for biologists working with the vertical illuminator. The President said the balsam would take a long time to dry, and there were dust possibilities. Evaporation took place quickly with amyl- acetate, and the film was more or less homogeneous. It was impossible that any amyl-acetate film could dry to anything like the thickness of a cover-glass. A 5 p.c. solution put on of appreciable thickness would dry down to very thin dimensions. He would have liked to hear Mr. Rawlins say something about the relative advantages and disad- vantages of the type of vertical illuminator in which the prism was used, as compared with that employing a cover-glass, or a mica film. He considered that the difference in efifect was, that with the prism illuminator one did not get the illumination truly normal to the surface, and one was only using half -aperture of the objective ; while with the other type there was the possibility of aberrations induced owing to irregularities of the cover-glass, unless it were an optically-worked one. He knew that practical metallurgists varied in their opinion as to the relative. advantages of these two types. The object of covering with celluloid was not clear to him. If it was simply to prevent tfirnishing, the thinnest form would do, but if it was to take the place of a cover- 118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY. glass, he did not see why the thin cover-glass, cemented on with Canada balsam would not be better, as the irregularity of surface would not obtain. Mr. Rawlins replied that his method was to take the section to be varnished, with an old photographic plate, and on to that he put a blob of plasticine, and set up the metal specimen. Usually it had a jagged under-surface, and stuck readily to the plasticine. He then poured the solution on to the polished surface. Observation was kept of any spot at which there was a tendency for it to settle. The plate was tilted backwards and forwards until the liquid settled in the centre. In thirty minutes, especially if placed in a draught, it became quite dry, and free from laminations or ridges, and penetrable up to l-th leus. The thick- ness would be up to three-quarters of a cover-glass. If moi'e than one drop were put to a cover-glass, it would be far too thick, and the correction would be upset. This method, with ^th lens, did not land him into any difficulties, and it preserved the specimen for an indefinite time. There were no other inconvenient reflections. If a blob were allowed to be in any one place, especially as it was apt to ba gummy at an angle of something like 57°, it might start plane polarization. At first he had difficulties because he used a camel-hair brush, which set up ridges. With a concentrated solution, the preserving effect would not be so good. He agreed that ordinary thin balsam would probably do as well. He tried the method he had described because of a recipe he got from a French photographist. He had, so far, only tried to use the film as a preservative ; he could see the possibilities of trying it with a cover-glass. A hearty vote of thanks was accorded to Mi-, Rawlins for his com- munication. A paper by Mr, Ritchie (Acetone as a Solvent for Mounting) was read in abstract by Mr. Scourfield. On the motion of the President the Society thanked th» author for his communication. The President, as required by the By-laws, again read the motion proposed at a previous meeting by Mr. Wilson, to empower the Council to remove all alien enemy Fellows from the Society's roll. The President announced that the hour of the Meeting on March 20th would be 5.30, on account of the uncertainties in the conditions for an evening Meeting during a bright moon. The alteration seemed specially desirable as it was hoped the next Meeting, a special one, would be largely attended, Proceedings of the society. 119 Mr. Wilson re(|uested that in view of the alteration in the hour of the Meeting the discussion of his motion might be postponed until the April Meeting, at the usual hour. In April summer time would be operative, and the conditions would probably be more favourable for an evening Meeting than now. This Avas agreed. JOUENAL OF THE ROYAL MICROSCOPICAL SOCIETY. JUNE, 1918. TEANSACTIONS OF THE SOCIETY. IV. — Ecport on the Recent Foramiiiifera dredged of the East Coast of Austmlia. B.M.S. " Bart,'' Station 19 (14 Ilaij, 1895), Lat. 29° 22' >S'., Long. 153° 51' B., 465 fathoms. Pteropod Ooze — continued. By Henky Sidebottom. [Communicated hij E. Heron-Allen and A. Earland.] . (Eead October 17, 1917.) Plates III-V. Sub-family Bulimininse. Biilimina d'Orbigny. Bulimina pyrula d'Orbigny. Biilimina caudigera d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., voL vii, p. 270, No. 16, Modele No. 68. B. pyrula d'Orbignv, 1846, For. Foss. Vien, p. 184, pi. xi, figs. 9, 10. B. pyrula Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 399, pi. 1, figs. 7-10. Fair examples are present. EXPLANATION OF PLATE III. FIGS. l-i,— Bulimina ovata d'Orbigny. Figs. 1-3, lateral views, x 25. i-Q.—B. declivis Reuss. Figs. 4-6, lateral views, x 50. 7.— J3. subcylindrica Brady. Fig. 7, lateral view, x 50. 8-10. — B. elegantissima d'Orbigny, var. fusiforniis uov. var. Figs. 8-10, lateral views, x 50. 11.— B. elegantissima d'Orbigny, var. apiculata Chapman. Fig. 11, lateral views, x 50. [contimied. K 122 Transactions of the Society. Bulimina ovata d'Orbigny. (PI. Ill, figs. 1-3.) Btdimina ovata d'Orbignv, 1846, For. Foss. Vien, p. 185, pi. xi, figs. 13, 14. B. ovata Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 400, pi. 1, fig. 13. The specimens are very large and in excellent condition. I believe that both the forms I have ligured belong to the same species, the one (fig. 1) being in the megalospheric, the other (figs. 2, 3) in the microspheric condition. Btdimina subteres Brady. Bulimina presli, var. elegantissima, Parker and Jones, 1865, Phil. Trans. vol. civ, p. 374, pi. XV, figs. 12-17. B. subteres Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 403, pi. 1, figs. 17, 18. The tests agree with the " Challenger " figures of this species. Bulimina declivis Eeuss. (PI. Ill, figs. 4-6.) Bulimina declivis Eeuss, 1863, Sifczungsb. d. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien, vol. xlviii, p. 55, pi. vi, fig. 70 ; pi. vii, fig. 71. B. declivis Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 404, pi. 1, fig. 19. Two found, both of which I have illustrated. Fig. 4 is very nearly the same as Eeuss's fig. 71. Bulimina suhcylindrica Brady. (PI. Ill, fig. 7.) Bulimina suhcylindrica Brady, 1881, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. xxi, N.S., p. 56. B. suhcylindrica Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 404, pi. 1, fig. 16. B. suhcylindrica Millett, 1898, etc., Eept. Eec. Foram. Malav Archipelago, 1900, p. 377, pi. ii, fig. 6. Typical examples occur. Bulimina elegantissima d'Orbigny. Bidimina elegantissima d'Orbigny, 1839, Foram. Amer. Merid., p. 51, pi. vii, figs. 13, 14. B. elegantissima Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 402, pi. 1, figs. 20-22. A single small specimen, which I unfortunately flicked off the slide after examination EXPLANATION OF PLATE 111.— continued. FIGS. 12-15. — B. magdalidiforme (Schwager). Figs. 12, 13, two views of the test. Fig. 14, half section of the test. Fig. 15, section viewed by transmitted light. X 25. 16. — Virgulina schreibersiana Czjzek. Fig. 16, lateral view, x 50. 17, 18. — Bifarina mackinnonii Millett, var. robusta nov. var. Fig. 17, lateral view. Pig. 18, edge view, x 50. 19. — Bolivina textilarioides Reuss. Pig. 19, lateral view, x 50. 20, 21. — B. lobata Brady. Fig. 20, lateral view. Fig. 21, oral view, x 75. 22. — Cassidtdina calabra (Seguenza). Fig. 22, ventral view, x 25. 23-25. — Nodosaria radicula (Linne). x 50. Becent Foraminifera off the East Coast of Australia. 123 Bulimina elegantissima d'Orbignv, var. fusiformis, nov, var. (PL III, figs. 8-10.) The test is fusiform, opaque and polished. The sutures show feebly. Five found. The specimens may be compared with Bulimina pupa, Terquem. Bulimina elegantissima d'Orbigny, var. apiculata Chapman. (PL III, fig. 11.) Bulimina elegantissima d'Orbigny, var. ajnculata Chapman, 1907, Tert. Foram. Victoria, Australia, pt. i, Journ. Linn. Soc. ZooL, voL xxx, p. 31, pL iv, fig. 77. B. elegantissima d'Orbigny, var. ajnculata Chapman, 1915, ZooL Res. " Endeavour," Nat. Mus. Melbourne, vol. iii, pt. i, p. 18. Two tests, somewhat more elongated than that figured by Chapman in the above reference. The basal spine is well developed. This species occurs also off Pernambuco, " Challenger " Station 120. Bulimina rostrata Brady, Bulimina truncana Hanken, 1875, Mittheil, Jahrb. d. k. Ung. geol. Anstalt, vol. iv, p. 61, pi. vii, fig. 5. B. rostrata Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 408, pi. li, figs. 14, 15. The species is well represented. Bulimina aculeata d'Orbigny. Bulimina aculeata d'Orbignv, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 269, No. 7. B. aculeata, Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 406, pi. li, figs. 7-9. The examples are rather small. Bulimina marginata. Bulimina marginata d' Orbigny 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 269, No. 4, pi. xii, figs. 10-12. B. marginata Brady, 1884, Chall. Piept., p. 405, pi. li, figs. 3-5. A single, good example. Bulimina inflata Seguenza. Bulimina infiata Seguenza, 1862, Atti del' Accad. Gioenia, vol. xviii, Ser. 2, p. 109, pi. i, fig. 10. B. infiata Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 406, pi. li, figs. 10-13. Excellent specimens occur. Bulimina contraria (Eeuss). Botalina contraria Reuss, 1851, Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. GeselL, vol. iii, p. 76, pi. V, fig. 37. Bulimina contraria Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 409, pi. liv, fig. 18. There are beautiful examples of this very interesting form. K 2 124 Transactions of the Society. Bulimina convoluta Williamson. Bulimina pi(2)oides, var. convoluta Williamson, 1858, Eec. Foram. Gt. Britain, p. 63, pi. v, figs. 132, 133. B. convoluta IBrady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 409, pi. cxiii, fig. 6, B. coilvohita Millett, 1898, etc., Foram. Malay Archipelago, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc, 1900, p. 279, pi. ii, fig. 9. The specimens are small, but typical, and rather more erect than is usual in this species. The secondary chambers are well de- veloped. Frequent. Bulimina Willianisoniana Brady. BiUimina toilliamsoniana, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 408, pi. li, figs. 16, 17. B. luilliamsoniana Millett, 1898, etc., Foram. Malay Archipelago, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc, 1900, p. 279, pi. ii, fig. 8. B. williamsoniana (Buliminoides) Cushman, 1910, etc., Foram. N. Pacific Ocean, 1911, U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 71, pt. ii, Textulariidie, p. 90, fig. 144. Two very short tests occur. Bulimina magdalidiforme (Schwager). (PI. Ill, figs. 12-15.) Ataxopliragmium magdalidiforme Schwager, 1866, Geol., ii, p. 194, pi. iv, fig. 1, I was quite unable to decide to which genus the specimens should be allocated, and therefore submitted examples and sections to Mr. Earland, who is of opinion that they are the same as Schwager's species. After reading a translation of Schwager's description and remarks I am in agreement with Mr. Earland. Test rough, subcylindrical or ovate, superior end rounded off, inferior end tapering to a blunt point. Colour, a light yellowish grey. In the following remarks the quotations are from Mr. Earland's letter to me: "The walls are built up of fine calcareous and siliceous mud on a basis of calcareous cement." The sutural lines do not show on the surface of the test owing to a " certain amount of overlapping external shell deposit masking the sutural lines." In the section the sutural lines can be seen between the later chambers. The- aperture in fig. 12 differs from the type-form (which is comma-shaped and erect), and is arched and liorizontal, and situated as shown. In some of the tests it is more or less in- definite and depressed. Nine occur. This is a very curious and abnormal form differing widely in structure from any of the associated species of Bulimina. It does not appear to have been recorded since its discovery by Schwager in the Tertiary of the Nicobar Islands, and a further investigation of its structure may necessitate its removal to a new genus. JOURN. R. MICR. SOC. 1918. Pl. III. 2 3 4 12 13 -^ 14 I H. Sidebottom, del. ad. nat. Adlard & Son & West Newman, Ltd., Impr. Recent Foraminifera off the East Coast of Atistra.lia. 125 Pleurosfomella Eeuss. Pleurostomella alternans Schwager. PleurostomelJa alternans Schwager, 1866, Novara-Exped. geoL Theil, vol. ii, p. 238, pi. vi, figs. 79, 80. P. alternans Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 412, pi. li, figs. 22, 23. A solitary, immature specimen. Virgulina d'Orbigny. Virgulina schreibersiana Czjzek, (PL III, fig. 16.) Virgulina schreibersiana Czjzek, 1848, Haidinger's Naturwiss. Abhandl., vol. ii, p. 147, pi. xiii, figs. 18-21. V. schreibersiana Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 414, pi. lii, figs. 1-3, This variable species is only represented by a long, islender, compressed form. The chambers are upright, slightly inflated, and textulariau throughout the entire length of the test. The basal chamber is armed with a long stout spine. The orifice is com- pressed. Six occur. Virgulina suhsquamosa Egger. Virgulina suhsquamosa Egger, 1857, Neues Jahrb. fiir Min., etc., p. 295, pi. xii, figs. 19-21. V. suhsquamosa Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 415, pi. lii, figs. 7-11. The tests are somewhat similar to the " Challenger" fis;. 10. "O^ Virgulina squamosa d'Orbigny. Virgulina squamosa d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 267, No. 1 ; Modele No. 64. V. squamosa Millett, 1898, etc., Foram. Malay Archipelago, Journ. Eoy. Micr. Soc, 1900, p. 281, pi. ii, fig. 14. The examples agree with Millett's figure in the above reference. Bifarina Parker and Jones. Bifarina macMnnonii Millett, var. rohusta, nov. var. (PL III, figs. 17, 18.) This variety is much more heavily built than the type-form. The tubercles are large and the virguline cluster of chambers also are tuberculate. The test is opaque, and all the interstices of the later chauibers are rough. I have a somewhat similar test from the "Challenger" Station Xo. 185. Two occur. Bolivina d'Orbigny. Bolivina textilarioicles Eeuss. (PL III, fig. 19.) Bolivina textilarioides Eeuss. 1862, Sitzungsb. d. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien., vol. xlvi, p. 81, pi. X, fig. 1. B. textilarioides Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 419, pi. lii, figs. 23-25. B. textilarioicles Heron-Allen and Earland, 1908, etc., Eec. and Foss. Foram. Selsey Bill, Jouru. Eoy. Micr. Soc, 1911, p. 316, pi. 10, figs. 10-12. Some of the tests agree fahdy well with Eeuss's figure, and others with the "Challenger" fig. 23. The longer specimens 126 Transactions of the Society. appear to be in the microspheric, and the shorter in the megalo- spheric condition. Another set is of the same variety as that figured by Heron- Allen and Earland in the above reference, having the roughened, granular deposit in the neighbourhood of the sutures referred to by them. There are also two large tests which appear to be intermediate between B. textilarioides and V. texturata Brady. I have illus- trated one of these (fig. 19). Bolivina punctata. d'Orbigny. Bolivina imnctata d'Orbigny, 1839, Foram. Amer. Merid., p. 63, pi. viii, figs. 10-12. B. punctata Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 417, pi. lii,fig. 18, 19. Good examples are present. They are long and narrow. Bolivina rohusta Brady. Bolivina rohusta Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 421, pi. liii, figs. 7-9. B. rohusta Heron-Allen and Earland, 1915, Foram. Kerimba Archipelago, Zool. Soc, vol. XX, pt. xvii, p. 646. The type-form is well represented. Most of the tests have the spine at the base ; in the other cases it has most probably been broken off. There are more numerous specimens of what appears to be a weak form. These are much narrower, and the edges of the test are rounded off. There is no basal spine. Probably this is one of the forms referred to by Heron- Allen and Earland in the above reference. Bolivina heyrichi Eeuss. Bolivina heyrichi Eeuss, 1851, Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. iii, p. 83, pi. vi, fig. 51. B. heyrichi Terrigi, 1880, Atti dell' Accad., Pont. ann. xxxiii, p. 198, pi. ii, fig. 44. Fair specimens occur. Bolivina heyrichi, var, alata Seguenza. Valvulina alata Seguenza, 1862, Atti dell' Accad., Gioenia, ser. 2, vol. xviii, p. 113, pi. ii, figs, 5, 5a. Bolivina heyrichi, var. carinata Terrigi, 1880, Atti dell' Acad., Pont. ann. xxxiii, p. 198, pi. ii, fig. 43-45. B. hetjrichi, var. alata Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 422, pi. liii, figs. 2-4. Three fair specimens and two short ones. Bolivina nohilis Hantken. Bolivina nohilis Hantken, 1875, Mittheil. Jahrb. d. k. ung. geol. Anstalt, vol. iv, f). 65, pi. XV, fig. 4. B. nohilis Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 424, pi. liii, fig. 14, 15. Two rather feeble specimens. Recent Foraminifera off the East Coast of Australia. 127 Bolivina hantkeniana Brady. Bolivina hantJceniana Brady, 1881, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. xxi, N.S.,p. 58. B. hanfkcniana Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 424, pi. liii, figs. 16-18. Three rather small tests and a large one were found. They are of the elongate type. In the case of the large speci- men the chambers on one side of the alternating series are much more inflated than on the other. Bolivina plicata d'Orbigny. Bolivina plicata, 1839, Foram. Amer. Merid., p. 62, pi. viii, figs. 4-7. B. plicata Halkyard, 1889, Trans, and Ann. Eept. Manchester Micr. Soc, p. 65, pi. i, fig. 13. Four occur, but they are not quite characteristic. Perhaps the usual markings are concealed through age. Bolivina tortuosa Brady. Bolivina ^oriwosa Brady, 1879, etc., Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., 1881, N.S., p. 57. B. tortuosa Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 420, pi. lii, figs. 31-34. B. tortuosa Heron-Allen and Earland, 1915, Foram. Kerimba Archipelago, pt. ii. Trans. Zool. Soc, London, vol. xx, pt. xvii, p. 645. One typical specimen, and one which is probably identical with the variation mentioned by Heron- Allen and Earland in the above reference. As they remark, " the test is covered with raised and contorted lines of shell-substance." I have also four examples of this variation from South Australia, so that it appears to be a definite form. Bolivina Tcarreriana Brady. Bolivina Tcarreriana Brady, 1881, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. xxi, N.S., p. 58. B. karrcriana Brady, Chall. Eept., p. 424, pi. liii, figs. 19-21. Three typical specimens. Bolivina lobata Brady. (PI. Ill, figs. 20, 21.) Bolivina lohata Brady, 1881, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. xxi, N.S., p. 58. B. lohata Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 425, pi. liii, figs. 22, 23. B. lobata Herou-AUen and Earland, 1915, Foram. Kerimba Archipelago, pt. ii. Trans. Zool. Soc, vol. xx, pt. xvii, p. 647. The examples are not so fully developed as the " Challenger " specimens, being shorter. The aperture is situated in a depression and is not " a long oval slit contracted at the middle " as stated by Brady in his description of the species. Millett, in his Malay Eept., 1898, etc., Journ. Eoy. Micr. Soc, 1900, p. 6, pi. i., fig. 2, figures an example showing a further de- velopment, under the name Bigenerina fiinbriata. Eight occur. 128 . Transactions of the Society. Bolivina decussata Brady. Bolivina decussata Brady, 1881, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. xxi, N.S., p. 58. B. decussata Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 423, pi. liii, figs. 12, 13. There are excellent specimens of this interesting form, but they are rough, and the protujjerances are not rounded off smoothly, as shown in the " Challenger " illustrations. Mimosina Millett. Mimosina ecliinata Heron-Allen and Earland. Mimosina ecliinata Millett, var. Sidehottom, 1904, etc., Eec. Foram. Isl. Delos, Mem. Manchester Lit. Phil. Soc. 1905, p. 16, pi. iii, fig. 9. , M. ecliinata Heron-Allen and Earland, 1915, Foram. Kerimba Archipelago, pt. ii, Trans. Zool. Soc, London, vol. xx, pt. xvii, p. 651, pi. 1, figs. 12-18. A few found. They have all the characteristics of the Delos specimens, and vary in the same manner in size and shape. Sub -Family Cassidulininae. Cassidulina d'Orbigny. Cassidulina Iwvigata d'Orbigny. Cassidulina laevigata d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 282, pi. XV, figs. 4, 5, Modele No. 41. C. laevigata Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 428, pi. liv, figs. 1-3. The tests are rather small. Cassidulina crassa d'Orbigny. Cassidulina crassa d'Orbigny, 1839, Foram. Amer. Merid., p. 56, pi. vii, figs. 18-20. C. crassa Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 429, pi. liv, figs. 4, 5. Good examples, varying in size. Cassidulina hradyi Norman. Cassidulina hradyi (Norman M. S.) Wright, 1880, Proc. Belfast Nat. Field Club, App., p. 152. C. hradyi Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 431, pi. liv, figs. 6-10. A solitary example. Cassidulina stibglohosa Brady. Cassidulina suhglobosa Brady, 1879, etc.. Quart. Journ. Sci., 1881, vol. xxi, N.S., p. 60. C. suhglobosa Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 430, pi. liv, fig. 17. Good examples. Cassidulina calabra (Seguenza). (PL III,, fig. 22.) Burseolina calabra Seguenza, 1879, Formaz. Terz. Eeggio., p. 138, pi. xiii, fig. 7. Cassidulina calabra Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 431, pi. cxiii, fig. 8. Fine specimens occur. The tests are highly polished, and in some of the examples the sutural lines can hardly be distinguished. Recent Foraminifera off the East Coast of Australiu. 129 Elirenhergina Eeuss. Ehrenhergina serrata Reuss. Ehrenhergina serrata Reuss, 1849, Denkschr. d. k. Akad. Wiss, Wien., vol. i, p. 377, pi. xlviii, fig. 7. E. serrata Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 434, pi. Iv, figs. 2-7. There are eight good examples of this interesting form. Family CHIL0ST0MELLIDJ5. Cliilostomella Reuss. Cliilostomella ovoidea Reuss. Chitostomella ovoidea Reuss, 1849, Denkschr. d. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien. vol. i, p. 380, pi. xlviii, fig. 12. C. ovoidea Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 436, pi. Iv, figs. 12-23. With one exception the tests are narrow. Seabrookia Brady. SeabrooJiia. eartandi J. Wright. Seabrookia eartandi Wright, 1891, Rept. Foram. S.W. Ireland, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., p. 477, pi. xx, figs. 6, 7. S. carlandi Heron-Allen and Earland, 1913, Foram. Clare Island, Ireland, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., p. 72, pi. v, figs. 10-12. This interesting and minute foraminifer is well represented. Family LAGENID^. Sub -family Lageninse. Lagena Walker and Boys. Note. — AH the Lagenpe found in this material have been described or referred to in my paper : Eept. Lagense S. W. Pacitic Ocean, 1913, Journ. Quekett Micr. Soc. Club, ser. 2, vol. xii, 1913, No.- 73, pp. 161-210, pis. xv-xviii. This station is indicated by the No. 43 in the localities. In the following list references are also made to my 1912 work: Lagenie S. W. Pacific, H.M.S. "Waterwitch," Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, ser. 2 vol. xi, No. 70, pp. 375-434, pis. xiv-xxi. Most of the specimens have been transferred to the collection of Lagenre described in the above papers, and are deposited in the South Kensington Museum under Mr. Thornhill's name. A few duplicates remain in my hands. Lagena glohosa (Montagu). Varying in size and shape. — Sidebottom, 1913, p. 164. L. gJobosa (Montagu). Single and bilocular form. — Sidebottom, 1913, p. 164. L. globosa (Montagu), var. emaciata Reuss. — Sidebottom, 1913, p. 165. L. ajnculata (Reuss). — Sidebottom, 1913, p. 165. L. ajnculata (Reuss), var. iiiinctulata Sidebottom. — Sidebottom, 1913, p. 165 ; and 1912, p. 382, pi. xiv, figs. 21-23. I'^O Transactions of the Society. L. ovum (Ehrenbnrg).— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 166. L. boteUiformis Brady.— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 166; and 1912, p. 383, pi. 14» figs. 24, 25. ^ 'F r L. Icevis (Montagu). Various forms. — Sidebottom, 1913, p. 166. L. loivis (Montagu), var. distoma Silvestri. — Sidebottom, 1913, p. 167. L. elongata (Ehrenberg).— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 167. L. aspera Reuss.— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 167. L.' ampulla-distoma Eymer Jones.— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 168. L. hispida Eeuss.— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 168. L. striata (d'Orbigny). Various forms.— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 169 : and 1912, p. 386, pi. XV, iig. 8. • L. striata (d'Orbigny), var. tortilis Egger.— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 169. L. lineata (Williamson).— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 170. Costte curved, 1912, p. 387, pi XV, fig. 15. L. costuta (Williamson).— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 170 ; and 1912, p. 388, pi. xv, figs. 16, 19. 1 . F . L. acuticosta Eeuss. — Sidebottom, 1913, p. 171. L. hexagona (Williamson). Several forms present.— Sidebottom, 1913. p. 171. L. sulcata (Walker and Jacob).— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 172. Apiculate forms likewise occur. L. plumigera Brady. — Sidebottom, 1913, p. 173. L. gracilis Williamson. Various forms.— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 173. L. semistriata Williamson.— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 174. L. crenata Parker and Jones, var. — Sidebottom, 1913, p. 174. L. steUigera Brady, var. eccentrica Sidebottom. Compressed form. — Sidebottom, 1913, p. 175. L. striato-jmnctata Parker and Jones. Several forms.— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 175. L. striato -punctata Parker and Jones, var. spiralis Brady. — Sidebottom. .1913, p. 176. I/, foveolata Reuss. Sculpture of the test exceedingly fine. — Sidebottom. 1913, p. 177. L. foveolata 'RexxsB, var.— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 177 ; and 1912, p. 395, pi. xvi, figs. 16, 17. L. lamellata Sidebottom.— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 177. L. hertwigiana Brady.— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 178. L. hertivigiana Brady, var. undulata Sidebottom. — Sidebottom, 1913, p. 178 ; and 1912, p. 397, pi. xvi, figs. 26-28. L. spttmosa Millett.— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 179. L. spumosa Millett, var.— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 179; and 1912, p. 398, pi. xvi, fig. 30. L. chasteri Millett (var.?).— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 180; and 1912, p. 398, pi. xvi, figs. 32-34. L. laevigata (Reuss). Various forms, including Fissurina ohlonga Reuss. — Sidebottom, 1913, p. 181. L. Iwvigata (Reuss).— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 181, pi. xvi, fig. 5. L. acuta (Reuss).— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 182. L. lucida (Williamson).— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 183. L. multicosta (Karrer).— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 183. L. fasciata (Egger).— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 183. L. staphyllearia (Schvirager).— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 185. ' L. quadrata (Williamson).— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 185. L. marginata Walker and Boys. Several forms.— Sidebottom, 1913, p, 186. L. marginata Walker and Boys, var. striolata Sidebottom.— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 188 ; and 1912, p. 408, pi. xviii, figs. 10, 11. L. marginata-perforata Seguenza.— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 189. L. wrightiana Brady.— Sidebottom, 1913, p. 189. Recent Foraminifera off the, East Coast of Australia. 131 L. lagenoides (Williamson). Several forms. — Siclebottom, 1913, p. 190 ; and 1912, p. 411, pi. xviii, fig. 22. L.formosa Schwager. Several forms. — Siclebottom, 1913, p. 191. L. orhignyana (Seguenza). Several forms. — Sidebottom, 1913, p. 194. L. orhignyana (Seguenza), var. lacunata Burrows and Holland. — Sidebottom, 1913, p. 194. L. orhignyana (Seguenza), var. ioallerianay^xigh.i. — Sidebottom, 1913, p. 195. L. orhignyana (Seguenza), var. dathrata Brady. — Sidebottom 1913, p. 196. L. bicarinata (Terquem), var. — Sidebottom, 1913, p. 197, pi. xvii, fig. 19. L. auriculata Bradv. — Sidebottom, 1913, p. 198 ; and 1912, p. 420, pi. xx, figs. 4, 7, 8, 13. L. aurictdata Brady, var. circunicincta Sidebottom. — Sidebottom, 1913, p. 199, L. auriculata Brady, var. cJypeata Sidebottom. — Sidebottom, 1913, p. 199. L. auriculata Brady, var. — Sidebottom, 1913, p. 199, pi. xviii, fig. 6. L. fimbriata Brady. — Sidebottom, 1913, p. 201. L. protea Chaster. — Sidebottom, 1913, p. 203. L. invaginata Sidebottom. — Sidebottom, 1913, p. 204, pi. xviii, fig. 13. Eighteen occur. I omitted to record the specimens from this station in the 1913 report. Sub-family Nodosarinas. Nodosaria Lamarck. Nodosaria {Glandulina) laevigata d'Orbigny. " Cornu Hammonis erectum globosius " Plancus, 1739, Conch. jNIin., p. 16, pi. ii, fig. 3. N. (Gl.) htvigata d'Orbignj^ 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 252, pi. x, figs. 1-3. N. (GL) hevigata Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 490, pi. Ixi, figs. 20-22. One large and three small specimens. Nodosaria calomorpha Eeuss. Nodosaria calomorpha Eeuss, 1865, Denkschr. d. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien., vol. XXV, p. 129, pi. i, figs. 15-19. N. calomorpha Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 497, pi. Ixi, figs. 23-27. Most of the tests are slightly curved, and consist of from three to five transparent chambers. Nodosaria radicula (Linne). (PI. Ill, figs. 23-25.) " Cornu Hammonis erectum " Plancus, 1739, Couch. Min., p. 14, pi. i, fig. 5. Nodosaria radicula Haensler, 1890, Abhandl. schweiz. pal. Gesell., vol. xvii, p. 92, pi. xiii, figs. 41-45, 47, 48, 50, and pi. xiv, figs. 3, 4. N. radicula Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 495, pi. ixi, figs. 28-31. The specimens are unsatisfactory, the chambers varying very much, as will be seen from the figures. They appear to be in the microspheric condition. Fig. 2.3 is not far from Haensler's illustration of Glandulina lievigata in the above reference, pi. xiii, fig. 62. 132 Transactions of the Society. Nodosaria radicula (Linne), dentaline form. (PI. IV, figs. 1-5.) This form, which I have found at several localities, has puzzled me for a long time. I have sent specimens to various authorities and obtained different opinions regarding them. Most of the tests are transparent, the others slightly clouded. I am treating them as a dentaline form of N. radicula. Dentalina ohesa Costa, 1856 (Atti. Accad. Pontaniana, vol. vii, fasc. 2, pi. xxvii, fig. 13, not described) agrees best with my specimens. Excellent examples occur at Darval Bay, lat. 4° 11' N. ; long. 118° 37' E. ; 315 fms. Nodosaria simplex Silvestri. Nodosaria simplex Silvestri, 1872, Nodos. Foss. e Viv. d'ltal., p. 95, pi. xi, figs. 268-272. N. simplex Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 496, pi. Ixii.'fig. 4, 5, 6 (?). A single typical example. Nodosaria sp. ? (PI. IV, fig. 6.) The tests are slender. The orifice is phialine in those speci- mens which have a perfect final chamber. There are no signs of spines, but the surface of the last two segments is roughened in several examples. It is possible this may be a nude form of sagrina virgtda which is often without the uvigerine segments. Somewhat similar forms are : N. egregia Eranzenaw (Math, termesz ertesito, 1889. vol. vii, p. 253, pi. 4, fig. 7), and N. annidifera Oiimbel (Abh. m-pl CI. k-bayer. Ak. Wiss. x. 1868 (1870), p. 614, pl. i, fig. 21). Nodosaria pyrula d'Orbigny. Nodosaria pyrula d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 253, No. 13. N. pyrula Williamson, 1858, Eec. Foram. Gt. Br., p. 17, i)l. ii, fig. 39. There are fairly long fragments of well-developed specimens. EXPLANATION OP PLATE IV. FIGS. 1-5. — Nodosaria radicula (Linn6), dentaline form, x 50. 6. — Nodosaria sp. (?). x 75. 7. — N. (D) pauperata d'Orbigny. x 25. 8, 9. — N. catcnulata Brady, x 50. 10, 11.— iV. (D) obliquestriata Reuss. Fig. 10 x 25. Fig. 11 x 50. 12, 13. — N. raphanistruni (Liune). x 50. 14, 15. — Frondicularia spathulata Brady. Pig. 14 x 50. Fig. 15 x 75. 16, 17. — F. pacifica sp. n. Fig. 17, oral view, x 50. 18. — F. nitida Terquem, var. x 75. 19. — F. tcnera (Bornemann). x 75. 20-25. — Bhabdogoniu7n carinaitmi ST[). n. Fig. 21, oral view, x 50. 26-31. — Marginulina glabra d'Orbigny. x 50. JOURN. R. MICR. SOC. 1918. Pl. IV. 20 14" 21 14 i 22 17 23 12 18 13 Y^t) 30 24 25 31 H. Sidebottom, del. ad. nat. Adlard & Son & West Newman, Ltd., Impi'. Recent Foraminifera off the East Coast of Australia. 133 Nodosaria soluta Eeuss. Nodosaria (D) soluta Eeuss, 1851, Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. iii, p. 60, pi. iii, fig. 4. N. soluta Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 503, pi. Ixii, figs. 13-16. Two large fragments, and one of fair size. Nodosaria inflexa Reiiss. Nodosaria inflexa Reuss, 1866, Denkschr. d. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. xxv, p. 131, pi. ii, fig. 1. N. inflexa Eeuss, 1870, Sitzungsb. d. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien, vol. Ixii, p. 472, No. 16 ; Schlicht, 1870, Foram. Pietzpuhl, pi. xxxviii, fig. 3. N. inflexa Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 498, pi. Ixii, fig. 9. A single test, very near to the " ChpJlenger" figure. Nodosaria (D) farcimen (Soldani). " Orthoceras Farcimen'' Soldani, 1791, Testaceographia, vol. i, pt. ii, p. 98, pi. cv, fig, 0. Nodosaria farcimen, Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 498, pi. Ixii, figs. 17, 18. Two capital examples, similar to the " Challenger " form, fig. 18 ; also a fragment, consisting of five chambers, which more nearly resembles Soldani's figure. Nodosaria (D) communis d'Orbigny. Nodosaria (D) communis d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 254, No. 35. N. communis Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 504, pi. Ixii, figs. 19-22. The best examples are very near to those figured in the Chall. Eept., although one or two have a tendency towards N. roemeri. There are also several slender tests which may be brought under this heading. Nodosaria (D) pauperata d'Orbigny. (PL IV, fig. 7.) Dentalifia pauperata d'Orbigny, 1846, For. Foss. Vien, p. 46, pi. i, figs. 57, 58. N. pauperata Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 500, woodcuts, fig. 14, a, b, c. Good examples occur. Several have a tendency towards N. roemeri in the later chambers. One large test (fig. 7) has the initial chamber inflated and the shell slightly compressed for a short distance. I have a similar specimen from the " Challenger " Station No. 3. Nodosaria (D) fiUformis d'Orbigny. •' OrtJioceratia filiformia aut capillaria " Soldani, 1798, Testaceographia, vol. ii, p. 35, pi. X, fig. e. Nodosaria fiUformis d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 253, No. 14. N. (D) fiUformis Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 500, pi. Ixiii, figs. 3-5. A long example and two shorter ones. They tend towards N. eonsohrina, var. emaciata Eeuss. The sutures are horizontal. 134 Transactions of the Society. Nodosaria (D) roemeri Neugeboren. Dentalina roemeri Neugeboren, 1856, Denkschr. d. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. xii, p. 82, pi. ii, figs. 13-17. Nodosaria roemeri Flint, 1899, Kept. U.S. Nat. Mus. for 1897 (1899), p. 310, pi. Ivi, fig. 2. N. (D) roemeri Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 505, pi. Ixiii, fig. 1. A fine example, agreeing with the " Challenger " illustration ; and two others not so long, but stouter, Nodosaria (D) mucronata (Neugeboren). ^' Orthoceras intortum " Soldani, 1791, Testaceographia, vol. i, pt. ii, p. 98, pi. cv, fig. 5. Nodosaria (D) obliqua, d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 254, No. 36, Modele No. 5. Dentalina viucronata Neugeboren, 1856, Denkschr. d. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. xii, p. 83, pi. iii, figs. 8-11. Two occur, one of which is apiculate. Nodosaria catenulata Brady. (PI. IV, figs. 8-9.) Nodosaria catenulata Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 515, pi. Ixiii, figs. 32-34. Three fragments, two having four chambers. They are not typical, the chambers being farther apart than is shown in the " Challenger " illustrations, but the four costae are present, bridging the depressions between the segments. Fig. 8 is from the specimen that has the segments most widely separated. Fig. 9 is more typical. Nodosaria vertebralis (Batsch). Nutilus (Orthoceras) vertebralis Batsch, 1791, Conchyl. des Seesandes, p. 3, No. 6, pi. ii, fig. 6, rt, b. Nodosaria vertebralis Flint, 1899, Kept. U.S. Nat. Mus. for 1897, p. 312, pi. Ivii, fig. 5. N. vertebralis Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 514, pi. Ixiii, fig. 35 ; pi. Ixiv, figs. 11-14. Three occur. The final chambers are more or less inflated and without decoration. Nodosaria sc'alaris (Batsch). Nautilus {Ortlioceras) scalaris Batsch, 1791, Conchyl. des Seesandes, No. 4, pi. ii, fig. 4, a, b. Nodosaria scalaris Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 510, pi. Ixiii, figs. 28-31 ; var. pi. Ixiv, figs. 16-19. Six occur. Only one has three chambers, the rest being in the bilocular condition. Four have the embryonal chamber smaller than the one following. Millett, in his Malay Eept. Journ. E. Micr. Soc, 1902, p. 520, draws attention to the fact that the multi- locular forms have the embryonal chamber sometimes smaller and sometimes larger than the next ; and discusses the question as to Becent Foraminifera off the East Coctst of Australia. 135 the probable relationship of both N. 2J'f'0xima, 0. silvestri, and N.jimplex Silvestri to N. scalaris Batsch. Nodosaria rapJiarms (Linne). " Cornu Hammonis erectum striatum" Plaucus, 1739, Conch. Min., p. 15, pi. i, fig. 6. Nautilus raphanus Linne, 1767, Syst. Nat., 12th ed, p. 1164, No. 283. Nodosaria rajjhanus Jones, Parker and Brady, 1866, Foram. Crag. Pal. Soc, p. 49, pi. i, figs. 4, 5, 22, 23. N. ra;plianus Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 512, pi. Ixiv, figs. 6-10. A single, small specimen, similar to the " Crag " illustration, fig. 4. Nodosana liispida d'Orbigny. ** Orthoceratia quasi Msjnda" Soldani, 1798, Testaceographia, vol. ii, p. 15, pi. ii, fig. P. Nodosaria hispida Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 507, pi. Ixiii, figs. 10, 11, 12-16. A single specimen, similar to the " Challenger " illustrations, pi. Ixiii, figs. 10, 11. Brady remarks that " it is difficult to say whether they are arrested individuals of the present species, or belong to one of the allied forms like N. setosa Schwager (Novara-Exped. geol. Theil, vol. ii, p. 218, pi. V, fig. 40), to which in some respects they bear greater resemblance." Two examples similar to the " Challenger " fig. 12, and five fragments of tests resembling figs. 14, 15. Nodosaria (D) obliquestriata Reuss. (PI. IV, figs. 10, 11.) Dentalina obliquestriata Reuss, 1851, Zeitsch. Deutsch. Geol. Gesell., . vol. iii, p. 63, pi. iii, figs. 11, 12. Dentalina obliquestriata Jones, Parker and Brady, 1866, Foram. Crag. Pal. Soc, vol. xix, p. 56, pi. i, fig. 19. This is an interesting variety of N. (D) obliqua. As will be noticed in the illustration, the obliquity of the strife is lost in the final chamber. Two found, of which one is imperfect. Nodosaria raphanistrum (Linne). (PI. IV, figs. 12, 13.) Nautilus raphanistrum Linne, 1767, Syst. Nat., 12th ed, p. 1163, No. 282. Dentalina subarcuata, var. jugosa (piartc) Williamson, 1858, Rec. For. Gt. Br., p. 20, pi. ii, fig. 44. Nodosaria raplianistrum Jones, Parker and Brady, 1866, Foram. Crag. Pal. Soc, p. 50, pi. i, figs. 6-8. This is a rare form in the recent condition. It is apparently fragile. Seven fragments occur, five of which have the initial chamber intact. In some there is a dark band showing just above the sutures. 136 Transactions of the Society. LinguUna d'Orbigny. Lingulina pellucida Sidebottom. LinguUna j)eZZiictf7« Sidebottom, 1904, etc., Eept. Rec. For. Delos. Manchester Memoirs, 1907, vol. li, No. 9, p. 4, pi. i, figs. 22-25. L. ;pclluci(la Heron-Allen and Earland, 1913, Clare Island " Survey, Proc. Roy. Irish. Acad., pt. 64, Forams., p. 96, pi. viii, fig. 10. L. i^ellucida Sidebottom, 1910, Rep. Rec. For. Bay of Palermo, Manchester Memoirs, vol. liv. No. 16, p. 20. L. pellucida Heron -Allen and Earland, 1916, Foram. South Cornwall, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc, p. 47, pi. vii, fig. 4. Two typical tests, one of which has three chambers. This species occurs also at Marseilles, and Heron-Allen and Earland report it at Noss Head in the Moray Firth. Frondicularia Defrance. (Pi. IV, figs. 14, a, 14, b, 15.) ' Frondicularia spathulata Brady. Frondicularia spathidata Brady, 1879, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. xix, p. 270, pi. viii, fig. 5. F. spathulata Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 519, pi. Ixv, fig. 18. F. spathulata Sidebottom, 1904, etc., Rept. Rec. Foram. Isl. Delos, Mem. Proc. Manchester, Lit. Phil. Soc, 1907, vol. li. No. 9, p. 5, pl. i, fig. 26. F. spathulata, 1910, Rept. Rec. For. Bay Palermo, Mem. Proc. Manchester Lit. Phil. Soc, vol. liv. No. 16, p. 21, pl. ii, fig. 22. Fig. 14a is somewhat similar to the " Challenger" illustration of Lingulina carinata, pl. Ixv, fig. 16, but the sutures of the earlier portion of the test are arched. The initial chamber is inflated, and the four following chambers are well flattened. Fig. 15 has a continuous depression running down the centre of the test similar to the " Palermo " example in the above reference. Bruckmann (1904, Foram. der litanisch-kurischen Jura, pl. i, figs. 18, 19) figures specimens with depressions under the name F. spatidata Terquem, but the curving of the sutures is not the same as in the example I figure. Besides the above there are nine other tests, varying in minor details from fig. 14. Most of these are more compressed. Frondicularia pacifica, sp. n. (Pl. IV, figs. 16, 17.) Test compressed, chambers arched, sutures sunk. Initial chamber circular and inflated. Immediately above the initial chamber a depression commences, which is continued throughout the length of the test. The orifice is slightly produced and stellate. The edges of the test are rounded and lobulate. The chambers, as they are added, increase rather rapidly in width. The nearest published figure to this form appears to be F. woodwardi Howchin, 1895, Carb. Foram. Western Australia, p. 197, pl. x, fig. 4 (Eept. Aus. Ass. Sci., Adelaide, 1893, p. 366); but my specimen chiefly - Recent Foraminifera off the East Coast of Australia. 137 differs in having the sutures sunk, and the central depression referred to above. Howchin remarks that his form " somewhat resembles F. complanata Defrance," and states' in what way it differs. Mine, I think, is more nearly related to F. spathulata Brady. A solitary example. Frondicularia nitida Terquem, var. (PL IV, fig. 18.) Frondiculuria nitida Terquem, 1858, Mem. Acad. Imp. de Metz, vol. xxxixi p. 592, pi. i, fig. 9. F. nitida Millett, 1898, etc., Foram. Malay Archipelago, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc, 1902, p. 525, pi. xi, fig. 19. This little specimen (PI. IV, fig. 18), is nearer to Millett's example than to the original. It differs chiefly from Millett's in having the final chamber neither so large nor so much pointed. Another example is not quite so regular in outline, and a third is doubtful. Frondicularia tenera (Bornemann). (PI. IV, fig. 19.) Lingulina tenera Bornemami, 1854, Lias von Gottingen, p. 38, pi. iii, fig. 24, a-c. L. tenera Tate and Blake, 1876, Yorkshire Lias, p. 455, pi. xviii, figs. 15,15a. Frondicularif, piqya Terquem and Berthelin, 1875, Mem. Soc. Geol. France, p. 26, pi. iii (xiii) fig. 1, a-o. F. pupa Terquem, 1883, Cinquieme Mem. Foram. Oolithique, p. 346, pi. xxxviii, fig. 7a, b. F. millettii Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 524, woodcut fig. 16, a, h. There are six tests on the slide, and I have chosen the largest one for illustration. The mouth is fractured, but it has evidently been circular. There are five costse on either edge of the test. The remaining five specimens vary in size and in minor details. One is in the microspheric condition. I find that the curving of the sutures is best seen when the light falls directly down the test. Messrs. Heron-Allen and Earland, in the above reference, state fully their reasons for placing this varying form under the name F. tenera Bornemann. I have a similar test from the " Challenger " St. 185, and also from Cebu, Philippine Islands, 120 fms. Rhabdogonium Eeuss. Bhabdogonium tricarinatum (d'Orbigny). Vaginulina tricarinata d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 258, No. 4, Modele No. 4. Bhabdogonium pyramidale Karrer, 1861, Sitzungbr. d. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien, vol. xvi, p. 19, pi. i, fig. 34. B. tricarinatum Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 525, pi. Ixvii, figs. 1-3. Good examples occur, similar to the " Challenger " figures. L 138 . Transactions of the Society. Rhabdogonium carinatum, sp, n. (PI. IV, figs. 20-25.) The test is triangular in cross-section, and the orifice is stellate and somewhat produced. The chambers are narrow and slightly embracing, and each successive chamber increases very little in height. The sutural depressions are arched. Each chamber is carinate at its angles. Sometimes the carination is continuous. The tests are transparent, and vary a good deal in outline. Probably both the megalospheric and microspheric forms are present. Ten occur ; one is very much malformed, and two are not cari- nate ; these latter are probably immature. The specimens appear to be closely allied to Chapman's BhaMagonium tricarinatum d'Orbigny, sp., var. acutanguhim Eeuss, var. (Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc, 1894, p. 159, pi. iv. fig. 8), and may prove to be nothing more than a local form. I have two examples of this form from the "Challenger" Station No. 185, Raine Island, one of which is identical with my fig. 20, and which I submitted to the late Mr Millett for his opinion. He wrote : " The clear shelled RhaMog- onium is a splendid specimen, and you must figure it — Chapman gives something like it from the Gault, he calls it acutangulum, but 1 doubt if yours is that species." I have also a specimen that I found in material received from the U.S. Nat. Museum, marked " U.S. steamer ' Albatross,' St. 2150 ; 382 fms., near Old Providence Island." Fig. 25 is no doubt a young shell, and is somewhat similar to Pieuss' B. globiferum, Sitz. d. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien., vol xl, 1860, p. 201, pi. vii, fig. 6, and B. pygmmum, Denkschr. d. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien, vol. xxv, 1865, p. 138, pi. ii, fig. 32, and B. 2)yg'}n6eum (Pieuss) Terquem, Ess. Anim. Plage Dunkerque, pt. i, 1875, p, 22, pi. 1, fig. 8. Marginulina d'Orbigny. Marginulina glabra d'Orbigny. (PI. IV, figs. 26-31, and PI. V, figs. 1 (?), 2, 3.) Marginulina glabra d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 259, No. 6, Mcdele, No. 55. M. ])edtim d'Orbigny, 1846, For. Foss. Vien, p. 68, pi. iii. figs. 13, 14. M. similis, d'Orbigny, 1846, For. Foss. Vien, p. 69, pi. iii, figs. 15, 16. M. glabra, Flint, 1899, Eept. U.S. Nat. Mus. for 1897 (1899), p. 313, pi. Ix, fig. 1. One hesitates to add to the numerous figures of this species and its varieties, but the specimens I have figured are interesting as being recent examples, and I am bringing them all under the above heading. Other tests are more characteristic of the species. .Fig. 26 is not far removed from 31. suhcrassa Schwager, 1866, Recent Foraminifera off the East Coast of Australia. 139 Novara-Exped. Geol., p. 240, pi. vi, fig, 82, and M. glabra Fornasini, 1890, Mem. Ace. So. Bologna, ser. iv, vol. x, p. 470, fig. 29. Fig. 28 is not far removed from M. similis d'Orbigny, fig. 15 in the above reference. Figs. 29, 30, 31, 32 (?) are somewhat similar in character to M. hullata Eeuss, 1845-6, p. 29, pi. xiii, figs. 34-38 ; and to M. suhbullata Hanken, 1875 (1876), A magy. Kir. foldt. int. evkonyve, p. 39, pi. iv, figs. 9, 10, and pi. v, fig. 9 ; and M. glabra Terrigi, 1891, Mem. Eeg. Com. Geol. d'ltal. vol. iv, p. 93, pi. iii, fig. 5. Fig. 1, PI. V may be a malformed test or a " cluster " of Lagena globosa. Figs. 2, 3, PI. V. The nearest figures to these that I can find are Glandulina adunca Costa, 1856, Atti Accad. Pontaniana, vol. vii, p. 128, pi. xi, fig. 24; Psecadium ovatum Seguenza, 1880, Atti. E. Ace. Lincei, vol. vi, p. 139, pi. xiii, fig. 8. A few very small tests occur, which I am also placing under M. glabra. Vaginulina d'Orbigny. VaginuUna leguynen (Linne). Nautilus legumen Linne, 1788, Syst. Nat., p. 3378, No. 22, ed. xiii. Vaginulina legumen Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 530, pi. Ixvi, figs. 13-15. A single, long, narrow specimen. ^ Vaginulina costata (Cornuel). (PI. V, figs. 4, 5.) Planularia costata Cornuel, 1848, Mem. Soc. Geol. France, Ser. 2a, vol. iii, p. 253, pi. ii, iigs. 5-8. Vaginulina jmtens Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 533, pi. Ixvii, figs. 15, 16. V. costata Silvestri, 1904, Atti della Pont. Ace. Kom. del Nuovi lincei Lincei, anno Ivii, p. 142, woodcuts 3, a-d. V. costata Chapraan, 1907, Rec. For. Victoria, p. 130, pi. 9, fig. 10. The three specimens found agree best, as regards outline, with Chapman's figure in the above reference. They are in good con- dition. The sdtures appear to be limbate. The initial chamber is inflated, but when viewed with the light falling directly down the test it has the appearance of being grooved (see fig. 4). Chapman and Silvestri bring V. patens Brady under V. costata Cornuel, and my examples appear to me to be nearer to theirs than to Brady's V. patens. In my cabinet I have two specimens from Eaine Island, which have the sides of the test more nearly parallel than those of the " Challenger " examples. Vagulina rheophagica sp. n. (PL V, figs. 6, 7.) Test elongate, slightly compressed and curved. Each segment bears four costse, two on either side. The segments appear to be bottle- L 2 140 Transactions of the Society. shaped, with rounded base and produced neck. The neck of each segment is longer than that of the one preceding it. Each segment is fitted on to the back of the preceding one in such a manner as to conceal the produced neck of the latter when viewed from the back of the test. On the lateral sides of the initial chamber there is a short costa. Sutures oblique and deeply sunk, orifice marginal. Only one occurs. In some respects the specimen bears a resemblance to Chapman's Vaginulina neocomiana, Quart. Journ. Geo. Soc, 1894, p. 711. pi. xxxiv., figs. 10, 11, but the descrip- tion of his species shows that there are marked differences between the two forms. Cristellaria Lamarck. ' Cristellaria crepidula (Fichtel and Moll). Nautilus crepidtda Fichtel and Moll, 1803, Test. Micr., p. 107, pi. xix, figs. g-i. Cristellaria crepidtda d'Orbigny, 1839, Foram. Cuba, p. 64, pi. viii, figs. 17, 18. C. crepidula Flint, 1899, Kept. U.S. Nat. Mus. for 1897 (1899), p. 316, pi. Ixiii, fig. 2. There are twenty-two tests, which I have brought together under the above heading. They are small, with the exception of two or three. Several are typical. One clearly resembles C. crepidula d'Orbigny in the above reference, but has fewer chambers. Intermediate forms are present, linking this species to C. schloenhachi Eeuss, 1862, Sitzungsb. d. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien., vol. xlvi,-p. 65, pi. vi, figs. 14, 15. Cristellaria tenuis (Bornemann). Marginulina tenuis Bornemann, 1855, Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. vii, p. 326, pi. xiii, fig. 14. C. tenuis Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 535, pi. ixvi, figs. 21-23. C. tenuis Flint, 1899, Kept. U.S. Nat. Mus. for 1897 (1899), p. 315, pi. Ixi, fig. 2. A single, excellent example, Cristellaria latifrons Brady. Cristellaria latifrons Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 544, pi. Ixviii, fig. 19; and pi. cxiii, fig. 11. The two tests found are not typical ; they are more compressed than the type-form. One has the orifice at the end of a produced neck, and the other has probably been in the same condition, but it is fractured. They represent, I think, a weak form of the above species. I have typical examples of this rare species from Cebu, Philippine Islands, 120 fms. Recent Foraviinifera off the East Coast of Australia. 141 Cristellaria variabilis Reuss. (PL V, fig. 8.) Cristellaria variabilis Reuss, 1850, Denkschr. d. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien., vol. i, p. 369, pi. xlvi, figs. 15, 16. C. variabilis Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 541, pi. Ixviii, figs. 11-16. C. variabilis Heron-Allen and Earland, 1916, Foram. West of Scotland, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. xi, pt. 13, p. 263. Beautiful specimens occur, both in the young and adult stage. The carinate variety is similar to the " Challenger " examples. The non-carinate is elongate and much narrower than the other variety, also the initial portion is -smaller. This may possibly be the microspheric form. Twelve of the carinate and nine of the non-carinate variety were found. Cristellaria artictdata Reuss. Robulina ariiadata Reuss, 1863, Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien., vol. xlviii, p. 53, ]A. v, fig. 62. Cristellaria articidata Reuss, 1870, Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien., vol. xlviii, p. 483 ; Schlicht, Foram. Pietzpuhl., 1870, pi. xvii, figs. 5-12. C. articidata Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 547, pi. Ixix, figs. 1-4, 10-12. One only found, and it is of the wild, growing variety, having two angular chambers in the linear series. The specimen is small and carries a small keel as far as the commencement of the upright chambers. » Cristellaria acutauricularis (Fichtel and Moll). " Hamnionioi subrotundce," etc., Soldani, 1879, Testaceographia, vol. i, pt. i, p. 61, pi. xlix, fig. X. Nautilus acutauricularis Fichtel and Moll, 1803, Test. Micr., p. 102, pi. xviii, figs. g-i. Cristellaria acutauricularis Flint, 1899, Rept. U.S. Nat. Mus., for 1897, p. 316, pi. Ixiii. fig. 5. Three occur. The smallest is near to the " Challenger " figure, the other two are broader and more heavily built. Cristellaria dentata Karrer(?). (PI. V, fig. 9.) Cristellaria dentata Karrer, 1867, Sitzungsb. d. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien. , vol. Iv, p. 348, pi. i, fig. 1. C. dentata Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 540, pi. cxiii, fig. 12. Although my drawing bears a strong likeness to Chapman's C. tricarinella, 1909, Eept. Foram. Sub-antarctic Islands, New Zealand, p. 343, pi. xvi, fig. 3, it seems to me to be better placed under C. dentata, with a query against it. The test, however, is keelless, and may be an immature specimen. Except in the matter of the keel, it agrees almost perfectly with Brady's " Challenger " figure of C. dentata. The test is not flattened as in G. tricarinella, and when placed alongside of the many fine specimens I possess of the " Challenger " form of C. tricarinella, it can be seen at once that it differs from them in many respects. 142 Transactions of the Society. Cristellaria echinata (d'Orbigny). " Nautili echinati sive Papillosi, d circumradiati " Soldani, 1780, Saggio Oritt., p. 98, pi. i, fig. 6. ; 1789, Testaceographia, vol. i, pt. i, p. 65, pi. lix, figs, qq, rr. Cristellaria ecJiinata Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 554, pi. Ixxi, figs. 1-3. One small example in poor condition. Cristellaria convergens Bornemann. Cristellaria convergens Bornemann, 1855, Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. vii, p. 327, pl. xiii, figs. 16, 17. C. convergens Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 546, pl. Ixix, figs. 6, 7. One specimen is typical, and the other has a tendency towards C. gibha d'Orbigny. Cristellaria rotnlata (Lamarck). Lenticulites rotulata Lamarck, 1804, Ann. Mus., vol. v, p. 188, No. 3 ; and 1806, vol. viii, pl. Ixii, fig. 11. Cristellaria rotulata Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 547, pl. Ixix, fig. 13. A few occur. They are rather stoutly built. Cristellaria cultrata (Montfort). Bohulus cultratus Montfort, 1808, Conchyl. System, vol. i, p. 214, 54^ genre. Cristellaria cultrata. Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 550, pl. Ixx, figs. 4-8. Excellent examples occur. A few have a tendency towards C. orbicularis (d'Orbigny). There is one magniticent specimen, measuring about three- sixteenths of an inch in diameter. Cristellaria orbicularis (d'Orbignyj. Bohulina orbicularis d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 288, pl. xv, figs. 8, 9. B. imperatoria d'Orbigny, 1846, For. Foss. Vien., p. 104, pl. 5, figs. 5, 6. -Cristellaria orbicularis Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 549, pl. Ixix, fig. 17. A single example. Cristellaria crq,ssa d'Orbigny. Cristellaria crassa d'Orbigny, 1846, For. Foss. Vien., p. 90, pl. iv, figs. 1-3. C. crassa Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 549, pl. Ixx, fig. 1. This solitary specimen is not typical, but, judging by the number of chambers and the thickness of the test, it appears to be nearer to C. crassa than to C. gibba. Amphicoryne Schlumberger. AmpJiicoryne bradyi (Silvestri). "Intermediate specimen withVaguline commencement and final Nodosarian chamber," Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., explanation of plate, pl. Ixvi, fig. 20. Recent Foraminifera off the East Coast of Australia. 143 Nodosariopsis bradii A. Silvestri, 1902, Atti Accad. Pontif. Nuovi Lincei, anno Iv, p. 53. AmpJdcoryne hradyi Millett, 1898, etc., Foram. Malay Archipelago, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc, 1903, p. 260, pi. v, fig. 3. Three typical tests occur. The spines on the final chamber are conspicuous. Sub-family Polymorphininae. Polymorphina d'Orbigny. Polymorphina amygdaloides (Reuss). Globulina amygdaloides Reuss, 1851, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesell, vol. iii, p. 82, pi. vi, fig. 47. Polymorphina amygdaloides Reuss, 1855, Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. xviii, p. 250, pi. viii, fig. 84. One found. Polymorphina lactea, var. oblonga Williamson. Polymorphina lactea (W. and J.), var. oblonga Williamson, 1858, Rec. Foram. Gt. Britain, p. 71, pi. vi, fig. 149. Four occur, three of which are small. Polymorphina regina Brady, Parker and Jones. Polymorphina regina Brady, Parker and Jones, 1870, Trans. Linn. Soc, vol. xxvii, p. 241, pi. xli, fig. 32. P: regina Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 571, pi. Ixxiii, figs. 11-13. A single, small specinien. Polymorphina acuTuinaia (d'Orbigny). (PL V, figs. 10-11.) Pyrulina amiminata d'Orbigny, 1840, Mem. Soc. Geol. Fr., vol. iv, p. 43, pi. iv, figs. 18, 19. Atractolina, sp. von Schlicht, 186.9, Foram. Septar. Pietzpuhl, p. 70, No. 397, pi. XXV, figs. 9, 10. Pyrulina, sp. id. ibid.. No. 422, pi. xxv, fig. 53. Polymorphina. acuminata. Brady, Parker and Jones, 1870, Trans. Linn. Soc, vol. xxvii, p. 219, pi. xxxix, fig. 4. There are eight tests on the slide, and, although not quite typical, I tliink they may be brought under the above heading. All are pointed at the base, except one, which happens to be fractured, and four taper to a point at the upper portion of the shell. They are, however, not so symmetrically built up as in the type-form. With two exceptions, the way in which the final chamber is set on causes the test to be slightly lobsided. It is possible that this variety may be related to some of the forms which are more or less pointed at both ends, and figured in von Schlicht's work. Brady, Parker, and Joues state in the above 144 Tra7%sactions of the Society. reference that " although it is probable that P. acuminata might be found wherever P. gutta occurs, it is, so far as our present knowledge goes, a rare species, and, like its close ally, unknown in a recent condition." It may be that the former is the microspheric and the latter the megalospheric form. Pohjmorphina gutta d'Orbigny. (PL V, fig. 12.) Polymorpliina (Pyrulina) gutta d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 267, No. 28, pi. xii, figs. 5, 6, Modele No. 30. P. gutta Jones, Parker and Brady, 1866, Monogr. Crag. Foram. Pal. Soc, vol. xix, p. 256, pi. i, figs. 46, 47. Bostrolina, sp. von Schlicht, 1869, Foram. Septar. Pietzpuhl., p. 72, Nos. 408, 409, 411, pi. xxvi, figs. 1-6, 10-12. Pyrulina, sp. id. ibid, Nos. 423, 424, pi. xxv, figs. 55, 56 ; pi. xxvii, figs. 13-15. Polymorpliina gutta Brady, Parker and Jones, 1870, Trans. Linn. Soc, vol. xxvii, p. 218, pi. xxxix, fig. 3. If I am right as regards P. acuminata, most likely I am also right in putting these forms under P. g^Uta, as Brady, Parker and Jones speak of their probable association. There are four tests, two of which are ratber stouter in build than the others. Polymorpliina, sp. Fistula form. There is a single specimen of fair size. The inflated, fistulose chamber is roughly globular and spinous, with a few straight tubular processes also covered with minute spines. The body of the test, which is only half revealed, is nearly round in section ; the chambers are only very slightly inflated, and they also bear numerous short, fine spines. EXPLANATION OF PLATE V. FIGS. 1 (?), 2, 3. — Marginulina glabra d'Orbigny. x 50. 4, 5. — Vagijiulina costata (Cornuel). x 75. 6, 7. — V. rheophagica sp. n. Fig. 6, lateral view. Fig. 7, back view. 8. — Cristella7-ia variabilis Reuss. x 50. Non-carinate form. 9.—C. dentata Karrer (?). x 75. 10, 11. — Polymorpliina acuminata d'Orbigny. x 50. 12.— P. gidta d'Orbigny. x 50. 13, 14. — Polymorphina (?) complcxa Sidebottom. Fig. 14, oral view, x 50. 15, 16. — Dimmphina millettii. Fig. 16 is drawn from a Seycbelles Island specimen, x 50. 17. — D. lingulinoides Millett. x 75. 18-22. — D. nodosaria d'Orbigny. x 50. 23. — Uvig erina porrecta ^r&dLj, \&r. fimbriata yair. uov. x 75. 24. — Sagrina columellaris Brady, x 50. 25-27. — Globigerina dutertrei d'Orbigny (?) Fig. 25, superior view. Fig. 26, inferior view. Fig. 27, edge view, x 75. 28, 29. — Spirillina denticulo-granulata Cbapman, var. Fig. 28, superior view . Fig. 29, inferior view, x 75. JOURN. R. MICR. SOC. 1918. Pl. Y 11 16 w 23 ^ 12 17 13 19 25 26 14 27 28 29 10 15 H. Sidebottom, del. ad. nat. Adlard & Son & West Newman. Ltd., Impr. "N Recent Foraminifera off the East Coast of Australia. 145 Pohjmorphina (?) complexa Sidebottom. (PI. V, figs. 13, 14.) PoJymorphinaC}) cow^jZ^xa Sidebottom, 1904-1909, Rept. Rec. Foram. Isl. Delos. Mem. Proc. Manchester Lit. Phil. Soc, 1907, vol. 11, No. 9, p. 16, pi. iv, tigs. 1-9, and p. 16, figs, in text, 3-7. P. comj^lcxa Sidebottom, 1910, Rept. Rec. Foram. Bay of Palermo, Sicily, Mem. Proc. Lit. Phil. Soc. Manchester, vol. liv. No. 16, p. 22. P. com])lexa Heron-Allen and Earland, 1915, Foram. Kerimba Archipelago, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. xx, pt. xvii, p. 673, pi. li, figs. 1-3. P. comjilexa Heron- Allen and Earland, 1916, Foram. South Coast, Cornwall, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc, p. 48, pi. viii, figs. 5-7. A solitary specimen, well-developed and typical. It is curious that single* specimens of this species have been found at various localities, Heron- Allen and Earland reporting odd examples from four stations in the Kerimba Archipelago, and from the coast of Cornwall. Dimorphina d'Orbigny. Dimorphina millettii, sp. n. (PI. V, figs. 15, 16.) Polymorphina lactea, var. ohlonga (Williamson), Millett, 1898, etc., Foram. Malay Archipelago, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc, 1903, p. 262, pi. v, fig. 5. With regard to this form, Millett writes in the above reference as follows : — " The example figured well represents the normal form with the exception that it possesses a supplementary chamber of a Nodosarian character. This is evidently a monstrosity, otherwise the specimen would have to be assigned to the genus Dimorjphina. This chamber appears to have nothing in common with the fistu- lose extraneous growths so frequently found in the Polymorphina generally, but rare or unknown in the examples from the Malay Archipelago." Tliis solitary specimen has the added chamber bent to one side, as seen in fig. i 5. I have broken the test, but luckily the draw- ing was made before the accident occurred. Fig. 16 is from a Seychelles Island specimen. As I have also found four excellent examples from Mahe Harbour, Seychelles Islands, 14 fms., it is evident that this form is not a monstrosity, and must be assigned, ^as Millett said, to the genus Dimorphina, so I name it after my old friend. Dimorphina linguUnoides Millett. (PI. V, fig. 17.) Dimorphina lingiilinoides Millett, 1898, etc., Foram. Malay Archipelago, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc, 1903, p. 266, pi. v, fig. 6. D. (?) lingulinoides Chapman, 1910, Foram. Funifuti, Journ. Linn. Soc, vol. XXX, p. 414. Except that the orifice is not quite typical, the specimen agrees well with Millett's description and figure. I think the aperture is a short slit, with the central opening slightly oval. 146 Transactions of the Society. Dimorphina nodosaria d'Orbigny. (PI. V, figs. 18-22.) Dimorphina nodosaria d'Orbigny, 1846, Foram. Fobs. Vienne, p. 221, pi. xii, figs. 21, 22. The tests are in excellent condition, some of them quite trans- pirent; but even in these latter ones I am not able to indicate in the drawings all the chambers of the polymorpliine commencement. The specimens are curved and round in section, and all are in the microspheric condition. I am of opinion that they are closely related to, if not identical with, those I have described (and figured) under Nodosaria radicula, dentaline form. I have excellent examples of both forms from Darvel Bay, lat. 4° 11" N., long. 118° 37" E., 315 fms. Some of the specimens of the two forms are practically identical apart from the polymorphine commencement. TJvigerina d'Orbigny. Uvigerina j^ygmcea d'Orbigny. TJvigerina pygrncea d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 269, pi. xii, figs. 8, 9, Modele No. 67. TJ. jjygnuea Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 575, pi. Ixxiv, type, figs. 11, 12; Elongate variety, figs. 13, 14. Two or three are typical, the rest lying between U. ])yginsea and U. aculeata. TJvigerina aculeata d'Orbigny. TJvigerina aculeata d'Orbigny, 1846, For. Foss. Vien, p. 191, pi. xi, figs. 27, 28. U. aculeata Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 578, pi. Ixxv, figs. 1, 2. I liave brought four specimens under this heading, three of which, however, have a tendency towards U. pygmgex. TJvigerina asperula Czjzek. TJvigerina asperula Czjzek, 1848, Haidinger's Naturwiss. Abhandl., vol. ii,. p. 146, pi. xiii, figs. 14, 15. TJ. asperula Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 578, pi. Ixxv, figs. 6-8. Two small examples. The spines are not well developed. TJvigerina asperula, var. ampullacea Brady. TJvigerina asperula, var. ampullacea Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 579, pi. Ixxv, figs. 10, 11. TJ. asperula, var. ampullacea Flint, 1899, Eept. .U.S. Nat. Mus. for 1897 (1899), p. 320, pi. Ixviii, fig. 5. Capital examples occur. Some of them are more drawn out than the "Challenger" specimens, and all have the earlier chambers- more comT)act. Recent Foraminifera off the East Coast of Australia. 147 Uvigerina interrupta Brady. Uvigerina interrupta Brady, 1879, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., N.S., vol. xix, p. 274, pi. viii, figs. 17, 18. U. interrupta Brady, 1884, Chall. Eept., p. 580, pi. Ixxv, figs. 12-14. Seven typical tests occur. Uvigerina angulosa Williamson. Uvigerina angulosa Williamson, 1858, Rec. Foram. Gt. Britain, p. 67, pi. v, fig. 40. U. angulosa Brady, 1884, Chall. Kept., p. 576, pi. Ixxiv, figs. 15-18. The examples are rather short, and the triangular contour of the tests is not pronounced. Uvigerina angulosa, var. spinipes Brady. Uvigerina spinipes Bradv, 1881, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. xxi, N.S., p. 64. " . U. angulosa, var. spinipes Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 577, pi. Ixxiv, figs. 19, 20. The tests are more elongate and less angular than in the species previously mentioned, and they occur more frequently. Uvigerina porrecfa- Brady. Uvigerina porrecta Bradv, 1879, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. xix, N.S., p. 274, pi. viii, figs.' 15, 16. U. porrecta Brady, 1884, Chall. Rept., p. 577, pi. Ixxiv, figs. 21-23. A single example. Uvigerina porrecta Brady, \a.r. fimhriata, var. nov. (PI. V, fig. 23.) Test elongate ; earlier chambers biserial and compact ; later chambers subspiral, more or. less distinct, interrupted, and alterna- ting irregularly. Peripheral edges of the chambers angular and minutely serrate; surface free from markings ; aperture situated in a produced tubular neck with everted lip. This is an interesting variation. The test is transparent, and smaller than the type-form. The chambers are free from surface decoration. Eather rare. The species occurs in the Dimor Sea, Java, 50 fms., also rare. Uvigerina auberiana d'Orbigny, var. glabra ]\IHiOt~ OJiOt-cO(Ni-i-*050 05 rHCO tHCMtH iHOq CO (N T»( -^Jt »HlOiOO»OCO(Mt- ■*(M-*i-lrHCqTjir-IOO CO lO CO Tt( »o m CO 1-1 CO l-H 10 g(MrHT)<0 CMO>00t~t^(MrHCqTH •^ COt— li— liH T-lrHiO »o o t- o CO 00 CO eo (M 05 COtH |t-CO COOt-CqtOrHCOOCO 00 IrHCM (MOJIM- 10 00 rH CO 00 ■<»( C (N rH OV CO CO (M O »OOtHOC~COCOCOOO CO Ol t- 00 t- -W CN rH CO t^ 00 «o-* -^ot-t-oot-ooMH CTlO COtMCOrH rHrJ(rH05 05 rH CO C35 05 10 T«t rH 10 CO OJ (N O»0C0rHC0 rH(MCO»CCOt~0005lO rH COlO -^C^THi-lrHiHCO OO CM 00 C- O 00 CD (M rH CO C~ (M CM rH 00 O (M O rH CO 10 (MO5rHO500 CO CO (75 CD O >0 00 rH ■^ «0 rH 00 rH (M t- rH lO CD 00 t- rH rH CO COO5t~O5CD00Tj(COrH ■^ ■«*< rH (M CD P^ • • • 00 ° >> « C <-i ^ i^ fi "^-^ -is £; -n ^ g B.2 g§ -0 -SHWOH -a - o O T;J >J c8 & o -O ~ 3 " li H »H ^►^SPh CD 00 rH t- 1 rH CM CN XI o o lO ■* O i-( (N t- rH rH eo-* 1 rH Q • iH (» CO •* cq CO CO CM t:~ C~ (M rH rH ^^ O CO CO in CO 1 CD CO r^ 1 CO lO 00 00 rH CD rH CO CM •* 1 o CO rH o -H cc 00 CI ■^ iO CO »o 05 CO CO Tj( eo 00 00 1 CO CM 1-1 CO (M CO 05 1-1 rH ■n ^ CO 00 1 05 CO CM ^ (M CO t~ CO in ^^ ■>X CO rH m 05 m (N CM 00 O CM 00 t- eo ■* T-{ rH CM O 1— 1 iH ■^ t~ O 0 05 lO »C tN CO CO ^ CO CO rH 00 O CM rH in . (M 00 »0 CO rH ■.«( rH Oq rH CM 00 i-i CM rH in CO 00 o T-( rH *< Tj( CO CM rH 7-< r-i t~ in T-{ 1-i rH O rH CM CO CM CO CD ^ oo O O 00 CO 00 05 rH rH CO in CO rH CO 00 i-H CO * CO t- 00 CM rH in o CO lO -^ tH CO 00 CO »( 1 05 1-1 CO -^ 1 CO iH >H y—^ CO CM . ". . • • .... ■ rJ2 ■ 1 cS O 3 . • • • ■ • • • < . ■^3 >, ^ a, a .... ft =3 CO P ca eg IrH tn 05 >> S. -S cc 6fl O d-^ >^ £"c8 c8 O S.4 ^3 o • o ft CD m m ^ m bO ■■Ji-*=' o J >» en 9 Miscellan Techniqu INIiscellan Metallogr General Structur Physiol Pteridop Bryopby allophyta AlgEe . Fungi Lichens Mycetoz ■gcC croscopy . Instrum series Photomi Optics a tion o S eg § N 170 VI. — On Pyxidicula invisitata, a Ehizopod new to Britain, and Hedriocystis spiniftra, a neiv Heliozoon. By James Meikle Brown, B.Sc, F.L.S., F.C.S. [Communicated by John Hopkinson, F.L.S., F.R.M.S.] {Read April 17, 1918.) One Plate. During the examination of material collected in different parts of the country for the purpose of studying the distribution of fresh- water Khizopods, 1 have frequently come across small, inconspicuous species whose identity is difficult to determine, partly owing to their diminutive size and partly to their almost transparent nature. For these reasons it is also difficult to obtain a clear idea of their structure. Naturally these minute creatures are frequently over- looked. Amongst such there commonly occurs a species of Pyxidicula which has not yet been reported as occurring in this country. It seems to be referable to the species P. invisitata Averintzeff, described very briefly in 1906 (" Arch. f. Protistenk,," Bd. viii. pp. 86-7). Since the publication of that paper I have seen no further reference to this species. As it appears to be widely distributed in Britain, a fuller description of it should be of interest. EXPLANATION OF PLATE. Figs. 1-4, — Pyxidicula invisitata Averintzeff. FIGS. 1. — Dorsal view of living animal. 2. — Transverse section of empty test. 3, 4. — Different forms of the marginal flanges, p.v., pulsating vacuole ; fl., flange margin of test. All X 1000. Figs. 5-7. — Hedriocystis spinifera Brown. 5. — Active individual, x 2400. 6. — Portion of capsule, with spines. X 5000. 7. — Portion of capsule and plasma, with nucleus and contractile vacuole, x 5000. JOURN. U. MICR. SOC. 191S. .'fl / /K-fl P' ^ ^\ K \ \"' \ '- \ / ■^/ -^x \ \ / \ \ / 7 1-1. PYXIDICULA INVISITATA. 5-7. HETEROCYSTIS SPINIFERA Sp. nov. Face p. 111). On Pyxidicula invisitata and Hedriocystis spinifera. 171 Sub-Class EHIZOPODA. Order Conchulina. Pyxidicula invisitata Averintzeff. Test watch-glass shaped, often flattened dorsally, delicate, chitinoid ; middle region (disc) varying in colour from light yellow to dark brown ; marginal region (flange) always lighter in colour and frequently almost colourless ; middle region in surface-view punctate ; marginal flange showing radial striations. In transverse section the margin of the test appears to be double, owing to the flange being inserted above the edge of the disc, which is turned inwards slightly, thus contracting the mouth-aperture. Protoplasm greyish in colour, granular, contain- ing numerous green and brown bodies (food-particles) ; nucleus indistinct (Averintzeff figures it with dark prominent central nucleolus) ; contractile vacuole usually single, prominent. Diameter of test 25-50 /a, most often about 40 /u. (Averintzeff gives 45-50 /i). Habitat. — Wet moss and moorland pools. Distribution. — Derbyshire, Westmorland, Cumberland, Inver- ness-shire, Argyllshire, Perthshire, Elginshire, Eoss-shire. It appears to be common, but is easily overlooked. The margin of the test is distinctive. In dorsal view it appears as a transparent flange, as in P. cyrnbalum Penard. In optical section the edge of the darker disc shows a marginal thickening triangular in section, and from the two lower corners of the triangle arise an outer and an inner flange, the outer one being that seen from above, and the inner one being, perhaps, merely a continuation oral-wards of the disc. Some tests show the outer flange curved ventrally inwards, while others show both flanges curved together. In surface-view the animal might easily be mistaken for a small specimen of P. cyrnbalum. Amongst a quantity of damp moss from the Isle of May, Pirth of Forth, and reported on in the " Scottish Naturalist " for 1912 (pp. 108-14), a small number of individuals of a minute Heliozoon related to Hedriocystis reticulata. Penard (" Les Helio- zoaires d'eau douce," 1904, p. 284) were discovered. They present sufficiently important differences from that species, however, to warrant regarding them as belonging to a new species. N 2 172 Transactions of the Society. Sub-Class HELIOZOA. Order Desmothoraca. Hedriocystis spinifera sp. n. Capsule very minute, transparent, thin, colourless or of a pale yellow, spherical, having numerous facets more or less regularly polygonal, of usually five or six sides, with raised borders from the junction of many of which arise slender spines ; no pedicel observed ; body spherical, nearly filling the capsule ; plasma bluish in colour, granular ; nucleus single, placed sub-centrally ; a single contractile vacuole normally present ; pseudopodia long, radiating, straight, tenuous ; habit solitary. Diameter of capsule, 8-12 /x. HaMtat. — Wet moss. Locality. — Isle of May, Scotland (Brown). The other fresh-water members of this genus {H. jJellucida H. & L., and ff. reticnlata Penard) are provided with a stalk or pedicel, but so far no individuals of this species have been found with this appendage. In collecting from a material like wet moss they may easily have been broken off. In the well-known genus Clathrulina the chitinous capsule is a reticulated framework, also spherical in shape, the openings in which are of such a comparatively large size that a mere latticework separates them from one another ; but in the genus Hedriocystis the test is continuous, the pseudopodia passing through a mmute pore in the centre of each facet. The presence of these pores can only be recognized when the animal is alive, by the pseudopodia emerging from them ; but in specimens treated with sulphuric acid Penard observed small bubbles of gas escaping, by which their presence was indicated. The capsules in this genus are so transparent and colourless that only the thickened portions can be distinguished. The smaller size and the presence of spines at the angles of the facets of the capsule distinguish this species from H. reticulata Penard (about 25 /i diam.), which likewise has only been recorded from one locality in the British Isles, namely, Craigcaffie, Scotland (Brown, in " Scottish Naturalist," 1916). H. pellacida H. & L. has not till now been recorded from the British Isles ; it is distinguished by the small pore in each of the facets being surrounded by a conical boss or nipple. Propagation by means of division taking place within the test has been observed in H. reticulata, but it is not known how the individuals so formed escape from the capsule. . The author is much indebted to Mr. G. H. Wailes for assistance in drawing up the descriptions of these species. JOURN. R. MICR. SOC. June, 1918. EiCHARD GrRAiNGER Hebb, M.A., M.D.Camb., F.R.C.P.Lond., Consulting: Physician and Physician Patholoo-ist to the Westminstei- Hospital. Secretarv to the Royal MicroscojMcal Society, of the Royal Microscopical Society,' 1902-1918. 1898-1911. Editor of the ■Journal 173 OBITUAEY. Richard Gbainger Hebb, M.A., M.D. Carab., F.E.C.P. Loud. 1848-1918. Consiiltiug Physician and Physician Pathologist to the Westminster Hospital. The announcement of the death, on May 12, 1918, of Dr. E. G. Hebb brought a deep sense of personal loss to a wide circle of ■scientific colleagues and friends, felt with particular keenness by the Fellows of the Eoyal Microscopical Society, to whom Dr. Hebb had endeared himself by his tact and geniality, no less than by his erudition and intimate acquaintance with microscopical lore during the thirty-three years he had been connected with the Society. His association with the Society was not only lengthy, it was particularly close and intimate. Elected an Ordinary Fellow in November, 1885, he was appointed a few years later to a seat on the Council, and soon became a powerful factor in guiding the deliberations of that body. In 1S92 he became co-Secretary with Dr. Dallinger, and for nearly twenty years he was virtually responsible for the conduct of the Society's affairs. After the resignation of Dallinger, in 1907, Hebb became in name, as lie had long been in fact, the senior Secretary, and had as associate secretaries, first, Mr. Gordon, and. subsequently F. Shillington Scales. In 1911 ill-health compelled him to resign his post, and he was elected a Vice-President. During the time he held office, Hebb proved himself an ideal Secretary, and the Society, which has lost a devoted officer, has hardly yet realized the extent of the debt it owes to his exertions. But his work for the Society ante-dated his Fellowship by many months, for it was quite early in 1885 that the then Secretary, Sir Frank Crisp, who was engaged in re-organizing the Journal, enlisted Hebb's services on his staff, and henceforth he was a consistent and regular contributor, and personally prepared nearly all the abstracts dealing with " Technique " that appeared in its pages. On the death, in 1902, of A. W. Bennett — the Lecturer on Botany at St. Thomas's Hospital — Hebb succeeded to the editor- ship of the Society's Journal (a post which he continued to hold at 174 Obituary. the time of his death), and by his strenuous exertions and the exertions he incited in the faithful band of contributors he gathered around him, he succeeded in raising the prestige of the Journal to a unique position, and constituted it a most valuable asset to the Society. The first number of the Journal for which he was solely responsible was that for April, 1902, whilst the passing of the proofs for the present one occupied his latest working hours. A graduate in Arts and Medicine of Cambridge, King's College Hospital shared with the University in fostering that keenness in Microscopy which occupied so large a share of his life's work. Pathology, both naked-eye and microscopical, early claimed his energies, and he was undoubtedly seen at his best in the post- mortem room or laboratory ; but, at the same time, he was a sound clinical teacher, and made his mark in the Out-patient Department and in the wards of the Westminster Hospital — the staff of which he joined in 1888, and where for many years be held the dual posts of Physician and Physician Pathologist. He was also Pathologist to Queen Charlotte's Hospital. In the Medical School of Westminster Hospital he held succes- sively the posts of Lecturer in Forensic Medicine, in General Medicine, and finally in General Pathology. Some years ago he was appointed " Eeader in Morbid Anatomy " in the re-constituted London University. Dr. Hebb leaves behind him a widow, but no children, since his only daughter died a little over a year ago. An appreciation written by a medical colleague, and which appeared in the " British Medical Journal " of May 29, contains the following paragraph, which so exactly describes the man and his work that we cannot refrain from quoting it :— " Of his own work in pathology, none but those who worked with him will ever appreciate its worth ; he wrote but little, though his experience was great and his memory very remarkable. His modesty was so ingrained that the value of his observations was discounted by a reluctance to publish that owed something also to a rather cynical sense of the fleeting value of many contributions to the professional press. . . . Scholar and gentleman, his teaching will long bear fruit in the work of generations of students who owe their fundamental ideas to him." Obituary. 175 Miss Ethel Sarqant, F.L.S., F.K.M.S. It is with great regret we have to record the death of Miss Sargant, which occurred on January 16 after a brief illness, at the early age of fifty-four. By her death botanical science sustains a severe loss, as she had obtained a well-merited position amongst botanists. Miss Sargant was educated at the North London Collegiate School and at Girton College, Cambridge ; she took the two parts of the Natural Sciences Tripos in 1884 and 1885. In 1913 she was elected to an honorary fellowship of Girton College. She was the first woman to preside over a Section of the British Association — Section K at the Birmingham Meeting in 1913 — and she was also the first woman to serve on the Council of the Linnean Society of London. Miss Sargant's earlier botanical work was chiefly cytological, and dealt with the formation of the sexual nuclei in Lilium martagon. These researches into the structure of the embryo-sac led at a later date to an interesting theory regarding the meaning of " double fertilization " in Angiosperms, on which subject she made a contribution to the " Annals of Botany " in 1900. She was a lady of some means, and established a private botanical laboratory, first at her mother's home at Eeigate, and later at the " Old Eectory," Girton, Cambridge. Miss (now Dr.) Ethel N . Thomas was at this time her assistant, and together they did some very valuable work, chiefly on the anatomy of the bulbous Monocotyledons. This research led Miss Sargant to conclude that that group was derived from the Dicotyledons, as a result of an adaptation to a geophilous habit. At the British Association Meeting at Southport in 1903 Miss Sargant opened a discussion on the " Evolution of the Monocotyledons," in which she put forward her views on the subject. Miss Sargant's most important research, and one which she made peculiarly her own, was the vascular anatomy of mono- cotyledonous seedlings. She applied microtome technique with great skill to the elucidation of the transition from root to stem in the hypocotyl, the extreme shortness of which in the majority of monocotyledonous seedlings renders the elucidation one of great difficulty. Her contributions on the anatomy of seedlings, and her well-known theory of the origin of the Monocotyledons, appeared in the " Annals of Botany." As Tresident of Section K (British Association, 1913) she gave a masterly resume of " The Develop- ment of Botanicol Embryology since 1870." Miss Sargant was elected F.R.M.S. in 1910. A. W. Sheppard. 176 Obituary. William Sidney Girbons. By the death of William Sidney Gibbons, of Melbourne, which occurred in July last, the Society loses one of its oldest Fellows, Gibbons' fellowship dating from 1858. The deceased gentleman was ninety-two years of age at the time of his death, which was the result of an accident. William Gibbons was a patriarch among Australian microscopists, having been one of the first to encourage the popular knowledge of microscopy in the early days of Victoria. In 1852 he was carrying on investigations into the adulteration of foods, and, like Hassall, he combined these researches, which came more particularly within the scope of his activities as an analytical chemist, with excursions into various branches of natural science. In 1856 the " Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science" printed some notes of his on several points of microscopical manipulation, and figured a section-cutting instrument which was considered an improvement on thos3 then in use. Later he contributed several papers on microscopical subjects to local journals, and in 1858 he furnished to the " Microscopical Transactions " a descrip- tion of a new method of micrometry. This involved the use of a series of slips of card, one for each combination of powers. Laying one of these on the stage of the microscope, which was focussed on a stage micrometer, and observing the micrometer-image with one eye, and the card with the other, he marked off the micrometer- divisions on the card, which thus became a rule of one-hundredths or one-thousandths, so that whenever he wished to measure an object which he was observing with that combination, it was only necessary to lay the scale on the stage beside the object, and read off the measurement. The method had the advantage over all others of simplicity, and cost nothing, but, of course, was not suited for conditions requiring a high degree of accuracy. Mr. Gibbons was mainly instrumental in founding, in the later fifties, the first microscopical society in Victoria, possibly in the British Colonies. This, which was quaintly named the " Microscopic Society of Victoria," was somewhat premature, and had but a short existence. In 1873 another attempt was made, and the " Microscopical Society of Victoria " was founded, Mr. Gibbons being one of the most prominent of its promoters. This Society survived till 1887, when it amalgamated with the Eoyal Society of Victoria. Mr. Gibbons had long since retired from the active practice of his profession, and was little known to the younger generation of microscopists, but he retained his interest in science, and was present at a meeting of the Eoyal Society not long before his death. W. M. Bale. 177 SUMMARY OF CURRENT RESEARCHES RELATING TO ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY (principally invertebrata and cryptogamia), MICROSCOPY, Etc.* ZOOLOGY. VERTEBRATA. a. Embryolog-y. f Germ-Cells of Armadillo.^ — Aimee S. Vanneman has studied the germ-cells of Tatuski novemcincta, and finds that they are conspicu- ously large, and first discernible along the endodermic wall of the blastocyst, just preceding the primary bud-stages. They are extremely few in number. The active, embryonic germ-cells, however, probably do not arise until the time of the secondary bud-stage, appearing in the vicinity of each of the four embryonic areas. During early primitive streak stages germ-cells are seen dividing, previous to pushing a way into the endoderm of the future gut region. After gaining entrance into the gut endoderm, the germ-cells are carried in the thickening intestinal wall as, during the somite stages, it rounds up to form a closed tube. By the time the embryo has attained a length of 4 mm., and has a pronounced cervical bend, the germ-cells may be seen in the act of leaving the ventral, intestinal wall to enter the surrounding mesenchyme tissue. They are amoeboid. In embryos of 5 and 6 mm., the germ-cells appear at the base of the well-developed mesentery, usually not below the level of the three blood-vessels of that region. They are also present in the loose mesen- chyme under the aorta, and en route to the germinal epithelium which has not yet thickened. In the 10 mm. embryo the germ-cells are established in the indifferent gonad. They are slightly enlarged, preparatory to division. A study of early stages suggests that germ-cells may arise from * The Society does not hold itself responsible for the views of the authors of the papers abstracted. The object of this part of the Journal is to present a summary of the papers as actually published, and to describe and illustrate Instruments, Apparatus, etc., which are either new or have not been previously described in this country. t This section includes not only papers relating to Embryology properly so called, but also those dealing with Evolution, Development, Reproduction, and allied subjects. ♦' Amer. Journ. Anat., xxii. (1917) pp. 341-63 (3 pis. and 2 figs.). 178 SUMMARY OF CURRENT RESEARCHES RELATING TO certain cells of the blastocyst endoderm (yolk-sac endoderm) daring secondary bud formation. The path of the migration is from the embryonic endoderm into the intestinal wall, thence into the surrounding mesenchyme to the mesentery, and onward into the germinal epithelium. No germ-cells are found at any stage in the blood-vessels. It may be concluded that the germ-cells of the four embryos of one vesicle do not have a common origin, in the sense of having arisen from a pre-localized region of the early plastocyst. Maturation of Ovum in Swine.* — George W. Corner has studied the maturation phenomena in swine. This is the first case in which the maturation of the ova of an Ungulate has been observed. The sequence is the same as in previously-studied forms of other orders, the first polar body being extruded, and the second polar division proceeding as far as spindle formation before fertilization occurs, the second polar body being cut off only after the entrance of the spermatozoon. Polyembryonic Blastocyst in Opossum.! — J- J- Patterson and C. G. Hartman describe a blastocyst of Didelphys virginiana which con- tained four embryos, three abnormal and one normal. The arrangement of these on the blastoderm suggests a certain similarity to the condition in the armadillo (Tatusia novemcincta), where four are normal. It is possible that the rare occurrence of multiple-embryo formation in B. virginiana has become a permanent phenomenon in the development of D. marsupiaUs, as reported by Bluntschli. In any case we have here the rare case of a polyembryonic blastocyst in a multiparous mammal. Superfetation in Cat.J — Mary T. Harman notes that the word " superfetation " has been used to denote that condition in which the- uterus contains embryos of different degrees of development. This condition may result from a second coition, or a second conception may have taken place without a second coition. Although superfetation is- rare and abnormal, many cases have been reported in man and in other mammals which do not seem to be satisfactorily explained, except on the supposition that a second conception has taken place. It is possible that all cases of superfetation are not attributable to the same cause. In the case of the cat described in this paper it seems as reasonable to think of the less advanced embryo of the four as the result of delayed fertilization, as to account for it on the ground of delayed development. or a second coition. Effect of Vital Stains on Eggs.§— Margaret Eeed Lewis finds that the eggs of the Nemertean Cerehratidus lacteus may take up Janus green in their gelatinous membrane, and may thereafter develop up to the fourth or eighth cell-stage before they are killed by the stain. The- membrane keeps the stain back. Unprotected eggs are at once killed by * Anat. Record, xiii. (1917) pp. 109-12. t Anat. Record, xiii. (1917) pp. 87-95 (2 pis. and 1 fig.). t Anat. Record, xiii. (1917) pp. 145-57 (2 pis.). § Anat. Record, xiii. (1917) pp. 21-35. ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY, MICROSCOPY, ETC. ITO' Janus green. In the case of the sand-dollar {Echinorachnius parma) slightly stained spermatozoa were in a few cases able to fertilize ova ; slightly stained eggs were occasionally fertilized by stained or unstained spermatozoa ; in most cases Janus green was fatal, but brilliant cresyl- blue and neutral red proved true vital stains, for development went on, though the cells showed stained granules. The ova of the angler (Lophius piscatorius) developed into embryos in neutral-red solution, and the cells showed stained granules. Many details are given in regard to ova and spermatozoa and the influence of various stains. Inheritance of Fertility in Sheep.* — E. N.Wentworth finds evidence that sheep of high birth-rank tend to produce offspring of high birth- rank. Data referring to Southdowns indicate that the highest record of a ewe is a better selection standard for high fertility than a random record. The frequency of multiple births in sheep varies with the breed. Inheritance is affected by the vigour of the ewe, the feeding and age of the ewe, the season and region. There seems to be no relation between high fertility and additional mammge. There is no evidence of a sex linkage of fecundity factors in the pedigrees tabulated. Evidence from Shropshire triplet pedigrees suggests that triplets are genetically different from twins and singles, which two are probably genetically alike. Deve